Home

User`s Guide Network Scanner Operations

1. Decimal Bit Selection binary number HEX Selection hexadecimal number number 0 0000 0000 00 1 0000 0001 01 2 0000 0010 02 3 0000 0011 03 4 0000 0100 04 5 0000 0101 05 6 0000 0110 06 7 0000 0111 07 8 0000 1000 08 9 0000 1001 09 10 0000 1010 0A 11 0000 1011 0B 12 0000 1100 0c 13 0000 1101 oD 14 0000 1110 OE 15 0000 1111 OF 16 0001 0000 10 17 0001 0001 11 18 0001 0010 12 19 0001 0011 13 20 0001 0100 14 252 1111 1100 FC 253 1111 1101 FD 254 11111110 FE 255 1111 1111 FF bizhub 362 282 222 10 29 1 0 Specifying management settings To specify a software switch setting 1 Enter Administrator mode and then touch Admin 2 2 Touch Software SW Utility Counter Administrator Management 2 Ping Setting _ Delete Job Memory Management 4 3 Touch Mode Selection and then Soft SW Setting type in the mode number using the keypad 00110000 76543210 30 a_ B__j c__ J 0 E F Ga memory 100 4 Specify the mode setting using either Soft SW Settin bit selection or HEX selection To specify in bit values touch Bit Mode Selection EMU Selection touch or to 00110000 move the cursor to the bit to be 070543210 changed type in the value using a A fo the keypad and then touch B__j c_ J Enter E __ F__ Set E To specify in hexadecimal values tou
2. Baf lt SS Z Intranet Internet Client computer bizhub 362 282 222 2 7 Features PageScope Web Connection A computer can be used to check the transmission printing status and fax log of the machine In addition one touch dial buttons and mail programs can be registered PageScope Web Connection provides a User mode page and an Administrator mode page e This machine must be connected to a LAN and the network settings must be specified For details refer to Chapter 2 Setup on page 3 3 e For details refer to Chapter 8 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection on page 9 3 bizhub 362 282 222 3 Setup Setup Zim 3 3 1 Setup Connecting to a LAN This machine communicates with the TCP IP protocol using a LAN Therefore a LAN cable must be connected To connect to a LAN use a LAN cable Fast Ethernet 100BASE TX cable Connecting the LAN cable Connect the LAN cable connector to the port LAN on the right of this machine and the other end to the hub The port is located on the right side of the machine Use a Fast Ethernet 100BASE TX category 5 cable for the LAN cable amp Note The LAN cable is not supplied with this machine Use a suitable cable for the installation environment The status of each LED is described below LED color Status Description Green and yellow Of
3. 1 5 Explanation of manual conventions The marks and text formats used in this manual are described below Safety advices Failure to observe instructions highlighted in this manner may result in fatal or critical injuries in fact of electrical power gt Observe all dangers in order to prevent injuries Failure to observe instructions highlighted in this manner may result in serious injuries or property damage gt Observe all warnings in order to prevent injuries and to ensure safe use of the copier Failure to observe instructions highlighted in this manner may result in slight injuries or property damage gt Observe all cautions in order to prevent injuries and to ensure safe use of the copier Sequence of action The number 1 as formatted here indicates the first step of a sequence of actions An illustration inserted Subsequent numbers as formatted here shows what operations here indicate subsequent steps of a must be performed sequence of actions Text formatted in this style provides additional assistance gt Text formatted in this style describes the action that will ensure the desired results are achieved 1 12 bizhub 362 282 222 Introduction 1 Tips XQ Note Text highlighted in this manner contains useful information and tips to ensure safe use of the copier Reminder Text highlighted in this manner contains information that should be reminded Q Detail Text highlighted in this mann
4. 10 42 Specifying DNS query timeout setting mode 367 eee 10 43 Including the scan transmission log in the activity report MOdE6 368 sess ses caste ecte wut tbe hai ei aetna nena lad 10 44 Specifying switching of the SMTP server mode 371 0 10 45 Specifying the transmission interval when e mail messages are Separated mode 372 ooo eeeeecceeeeeeeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesenteeeeeeeeeaes 10 46 Specifying the Internet fax full mode function settings Mode SS ene Re ates OG ee hate leh eee oe Sete 10 47 Specifying e mail security functions mode 380 eee 10 48 Specifying use of registered user authentication information to log on to the LDAP server mode 466 scceeeeeeeeeeees 10 50 Specifying whether to enable access locks and whether to enable the password rules mode 469 csceeeeeeeeees 10 51 Specifying the export file format mode 470 10 52 Specifying settings to limit the use of communication MOdeS 1 MOE 475 cscccssssssnseeceeeecceceeeeeceeseseesssssssnaeseseeeeess 10 53 Specifying settings to limit the use of communication MOdES 2 MOE 476 ccsccssssncscccececeeceeeeeseesessesesesnenasaeeeeeeess 10 55 Specifying settings to limit the use of communication modes 3 Specifying restrictions for registering fax addresses and printing reports and specifying how one touch dial recipients are displayed m de 477 seis sveccevataccivacdelssu
5. when specifying settings for this function Ofter changing the settings the machine must be turned off then on again XQ Reminder When turning the machine off then on again with the main power switch wait about 10 seconds to turn the machine on after turning it off The machine may not operate correctly if it is turned on immediately after being turned off bizhub 362 282 222 10 41 10 Specifying management settings Specifying the default address input screen mode 366 Specify the settings concerning the default address input screen for the Scan to FTP and Scan to SMB operations Settings at time of purchase Bit 7654 3210 Setting 0000 1000 HEX 08 Specifying settings The shaded cells represent the factory settings Bit Description Setting Description Page Refer ence TF eine einen enna i 0 Do not change this bit when specifying settings for this function 6 Specifies the default screen 0 Gives priority to IP address that is displayed when regis input tering a one touch dial but aid ton with the ScantoFTP and 1 Gives priority to host name Scan to SMB operations input 5 4 3 2 Ataa eni 001000 Do not change these bits 1 0 when specifying settings for this function 10 42 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying management settings 10 Specifying DNS query timeout setting mode 3
6. Pree 100 bizhub 362 282 222 3 55 Setup 3 16 User authentication and account track To limit the users of this machine settings for user authentication and account track can be specified For details on the user authentication and account track settings refer to the User manual Copy Operations The various procedures for accessing the machine are described below User authentication and account track If settings for user authentication and account track have both been specified the operating procedure differs depending on the specified authentication settings For details on the authentication settings specified on this machine consult with the administrator Authentication Setting Description When synchronizing user authentication When a user is registered the account that the user and account track belongs to is also registered When the user name and password is entered for authentication the user is automatically logged on and can perform opera tions as a user of the registered account When not synchronizing user authentica Users and accounts are registered separately User tion and account track authentication then account authentication must be completed before machine operations can be per formed 3 56 bizhub 362 282 222 Setup If user authentication settings have been specified Contact the administrator for the user name and password to be used
7. csceeeeseeeeeeeeeeneeeeee 4 22 Specifying priority tranSMiISSION eesceeeeeeeeeseeeeeneeeeeeeeteeneeeeee 4 24 Specifying timer traNSMISSION ccceeseeeeeseeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 4 24 Specifying the stamp setting 00 eee eeeseeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeeeeeneeeees 4 25 Changing the SUDjeCt cceseceeseeeeeseeeeeeseeeeseeeeneneeeeeseneneneeeeeees 4 26 Specifying a reply ACCESS 00 0 eee eeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeneeeeeneeeees 4 27 Specifying a file MAMC ces eceeseeneeeeeceteseeeeneeneeeeeesseeesenteeeeses 4 28 Other FUNCTIONS aa cccscaserccesscdenccicnssiveraasbesavecsisnscavaascagsasbecsschseavaenctinae 4 29 4 5 If transmission could not be completed ssccssseeeeeeeesseeeeees 4 30 Viewing a transmission ePOFt eeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeneeeeeeeeeseneeeeneees 4 30 ReSending sists ieee iin oe hs eee es ee ee 4 31 4 6 Registering destinations cccsssssecccssseeeeeessseneeeeeesseeeeneeenseseeeees 4 32 Programming a one touch dial DUttON ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 32 To program a one touch dial DuUtton ceeeeee scence eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 33 Changing or deleting a one touch dial button s s s 4 36 Copying a one touch dial button eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeteeeeeteneeeeeee 4 37 Registering deleting a secondary destination n 4 38 Naming ansinde x o s s0 cu tietia dias T 4 39 To MAME AN INGO ges iaaa e e eaa aa aeaa Aaa Eae Ta REER anA 4 39
8. e bizhub 362 282 222 9 61 9 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 13 Report Settings Administrator mode The conditions for outputting the transmission results report and activity report can be specified Settings can be specified for the following Item Description TX Report Select the conditions for outputting the results report for a transmission to a Single destina single destination tion Output On Select this setting to output the report regardless of the transmis sion result If TX Fail Select this setting to output the report only if the transmission failed Output Off Select this setting to not output the report regardless of the trans mission result TX Report Select the conditions for outputting the results report for a transmission to Multiple desti multiple destinations nations Output On Select this setting to output the report regardless of the transmis sion result If TX Fail Select this setting to output the report only if the transmission failed Output Off Select this setting to not output the report regardless of the trans mission result Activity Report Select whether or not the activity report is outputted with every 50 transmis sions 9 62 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection Specifying the report output settings 1 In the Administrator mode click the Scan tab
9. eeeeseeesneeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeneeteeneeeeeneeeees 7 31 Receiving Internet faxes automatically c cceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 7 31 Data the Can be received ccecesceeeeeeeeeseeeseneeeseseeensseeesesceeeescees 7 31 Receiving Internet faxes Manually ceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeennees 7 32 Contents 6 bizhub 362 282 222 7 7 8 1 8 2 9 1 9 2 9 3 9 4 Registering destinations ccccssseeeeessseeeeeeesseseeeeeeeseseneeeeeeeees 7 33 Programming a one touch dial button 0 ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 33 To program a one touch dial button 0 ccc eeeteeeeeteeteeeeeeeeeeee 7 34 Changing or deleting a one touch dial button s s s 7 37 Copying a one touch dial button 0 eee eeeneeeereeeeeeeteeneeteaes 7 38 Registering deleting a secondary destination 7 39 an LDAP server Searching the destination information from the server 8 3 Basic Search and Detail Search ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeseeteeeeeeees 8 3 To search the destination information cc cccceeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeees 8 4 Registering destination information to one touch dial DUtCONS ccceteeeestene seen eneenenseenenseeeensenenseeeenseeeesneneeeseenensnenenes 8 6 To register destination information to a one touch dial button 8 6 Items that can be specified using PageScope Web Connection ccccsssessseeeseceeesenenensneneeseenensenensseenensenensnenensnee
10. 4 Usethe keypad to type in the number of a one touch dial button You can specify multiple destinations for simultaneous transmission with the same one touch dial button Up to 300 destinations can be specified at a time The specified one touch dial button is highlighted 5 Specify the Quality amp Reduction settings for the original document to be sent For details refer to Specifying the scanning quality and zoom ratio on page 5 9 6 Specify the necessary Menu settings If the optional fax kit has been installed specify the FAX Menu settings For details refer to Specifying additional functions on page 5 13 7 Press the Start key SCANReady Fine auatity Density E 2a AS AC zem A 0x400 200x200 400x400 Text Photo GSR Super GSR Mes 100 SCANReady Fine g Et 2 Sided TX COATIN DA Job List Fros Y100 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to FTP 5 Searching for a one touch dial button To find a one touch dial button the name of a destination registered with the button can be searched for 1 Position the document to be scanned 2 Press the Fax Scan key Fax Scan GIA 3 Touch Search 4 Type in the destination name and then touch Search i CLs A screen appears containing the fe Q W E RI TIW WO o P one touch dial buttons programmed AS DHOWO kL with a destination that beg
11. TSI only me Job List Mee 7 100 bizhub 362 282 222 4 Scan to E Mail Specifying chain dialing If the destination address is longer than 64 characters the address can be specified by combining addresses registered to one touch dial buttons and an entered address Touch Chain and then select one touch dial buttons or enter an address Q Detail Chain dialing can only be used with one SCANReady Fine destination per transmission rere F Menu With chain dialing the address can Detail 4 Delete Domain contain up to 192 digits 64 characters Q W E R omon from a one touch dial button 64 wP characters from a one touch dial ZOWEL button 64 characters from an entered E TRICA EEMI address Memory 100 The one touch dial buttons to be used with chain dialing must be programmed in advance 4 10 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to E Mail 4 4 2 Entering an address You can directly enter destinations that have not been registered in a one touch dial button In addition multiple destinations can be specified using chain dialing to combine destinations registered in a one touch dial button and destinations that are entered amp Note If bit 3 of mode 018 is set to 1 in the Software Switch Setting screen addresses cannot be directly entered For details refer to Specifying software switch settings machine functions on page 10 28 To enter an ad
12. To select the maximum transmission Ease Fine No of Dest 0 test test local _ size and the encoding method touch Search forest esaeen Menu E Mail Mode Enter J E Mail Mode For details refer to Priority Compress Level E Mail Mode on page 3 30 After specifying the desired settings touch Enter TX Size Max 11x17 TX Quality Max 600dpi Coding Method MH Reduction Job List Fros Y 100 Specify the Quality amp Reduction SCANReady i Fine No of Dest 0 Hee PE OLS alee LE settings for the original document to search Piest P eunya menu be sent Quality Density For details refer to Specifying AB e ASS the scanning quality and zoom Saar a j Sener Fine ratio on page 7 12 0x 400 200x200 400x400 Text Photo GSR Super GSR Job List Merey 100 Specify the necessary Menu SCANReady Fine No of Dest 0 settings o ae If the optional fax kit has been installed specify the FAX Menu settings For details refer to Specifying additional functions on page 7 16 Press the Start key bizhub 362 282 222 7 11 Internet faxing 7 3 Specifying the scanning quality and zoom ratio You can specify the scanning quality and zoom ratio by touching Quality amp Reduction in the screen that appears when the Fax Scan key on the control panel is pressed Detail When the transmission is complete
13. f user authentication s performed with an external server and a domain other than the default domain name is used as an Active Directory type in the user name as user_name domain_name Fie Cdk wew Faevontes Took Help User Name eer Password To log off click Log out in the upper left corner of the page If account track settings have been applied If account track settings have been applied the account number is not required in order to access PageScope Web Connection bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 Page structure The page that appears immediately after PageScope Web Connection is accessed is called the User mode page All users can view this page The configuration of the PageScope Web Connection page is shown below Lee a E 1 KONICA MINOLTA EP Rewty te Scan 2 li rasi Web Connection Sg Resty w Print Togou 8 Aderensleetor Password 10 WaeeT 100BaseTX Tray 1 2 LCT Bypass Femther Fuacher Document Handler Duplezing D nt Feeder fe amp Note To reset the status display and message display click Refresh in the Web browser No Item Description 1 KONICA MINOLTA logo Click the logo to go to the Konica Minolta Web site at the following URL http konicaminolta com 2 PageScope Web Connection logo Click the PageScope Web Connection logo to di
14. Bit Description Status Description Page Refer ence 7 6 e eaei aa 11 Do not change this bit when specifying settings for this function 5 Specifies whether transmis 0 Not added page 10 sion source information is 5 added when forwarding re 1 Added ceived documents 4 Specifies how transmission 0 Outside body text i _ source information is added 7 when forwarding received 1 Inside body text documents 3 2 1 0 mnnnncennnnwencennonennnnnna 0000 Do not change these bits when specifying settings for this function 10 38 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying management settings 10 Specifying SMTP transmission timeout settings mode 356 You can specify the time until a timeout of the SMTP server connection occurs when sending e mail messages Factory settings Bit 7654 3210 Setting 0100 0000 HEX 40 Specifying settings The shaded cells represent the factory settings The page numbers on the right refer to the descriptions of the corresponding functions Bit Description Setting Description Page Refer ence 7 6 5 4 Specifies the time until a 0001 30 seconds timeout of the SMTP server connection occurs when 0010 60 seconds sending e mail messages 0011 90 seconds 0100 120 seconds 0101 150 seconds 0110 180 seconds 0111 210 seconds 1000 240 seconds 1001 270 seconds 1010 300
15. Changing the settings for a one touch dial destination 1 Click the Scan tab If the optional fax kit has been installed click the Fax Scan tab Click One Touch Key Registration From the Index list click the index that contains the one touch dial destination that is to be changed The one touch dial destinations saved in the selected index appear in the lower half of the page Fie COR wew Favontes Took Hep EA Ready w Sean i Ready m Print Admaniatrator Password L L L LLL lt L bil Domain Name Registration ss JPN JPN o Ea sw E 0 wx TOKYO FUKUOKA T O Q mos SMBO1 Click the one touch dial destination whose settings are to be changed A one touch dial button programmed as an administrator forwarding destination cannot be selected Are there one touch dial destinations that cannot be selected even if they are clicked gt A fax program cannot be selected even if it is clicked bizhub 362 282 222 9 29 9 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 5 To change the communication mode select the communication mode and then click Next Fle Cat vew Favorites Tool Help Gp Realy te Scan EG Ready w Print Admanistrator Password A A gt One Touch Key Registration Com Mod Om OE mi O O TX Porte Serves O GTX Intemarax O TXAPOSMB Next Cancel 6 Specify settings for the paramete
16. Choose file Look in My Documents J et my eBooks ry music Gry Pictures yvo100_ins250b B lOneTouchTextData txt My Documents My Computer My Network File name OneT ouchT extD ata tt 7 Places Files of type All Files hd 5 Click Execute The registered one touch dial button data is imported Fie Edt view Favomtes Tools Help EA Ready t Sean e Ready to Print a a Import The One Touch Key Registration Information on a file isrendinta deviee C Documents and Setting Browse 9 46 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 Nox Note Check in advance for information regarding the models that can use the exported data bizhub 362 282 222 9 47 9 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 7 TSI Registration Text such as a name fax number or address can be registered so that it can be printed at the top of pages sent with the Internet fax operation Transmission source names can be registered Since multiple transmission source names can be registered a different transmission source name can be used for different recipients or for different accounts The registered transmission source name can be changed by following the same procedure used to register it To register transmission sources 1 In the Administrator mode click the Scan tab If the optional fax kit has been ins
17. DNS Server Address Domain Name PIWOWH OOOOH DSE 1 In the DNS Setting screen touch DNS Server Address 2 Touch DNS Server Address 1 3 Type in the IP address of DNS server 1 and then touch Enter You cannot specify an IP address that begins with 0 127 or 224 or higher When less than three digits are entered use to move the cursor to the next number Max of DNS Server Addresses is 3 DNS Server Address DNS Server Address 1 DNS Server Address 2 DNS Server Address 3 Pree 100 Input DNS Server Address 192 168 1003 Corme Fros 2100 4 When specifying multiple DNS servers type in the IP addresses for DNS server 2 and DNS server 3 5 Touch Enter bizhub 362 282 222 Setup Machine Name Specify the name of this machine The machine name is used as part of the file name with Scan to E Mail Scan to FTP Scan to SMB Scan to HDD and Internet faxing In addition part of the Subject line is used in Scan to E Mail and Internet fax transmissions To specify the machine name 1 In the Network Setting screen touch Machine Name 2 Enter the machine name Upto 16 alphanumeric characters can be entered 3 Touch Enter Network Setting Enter Stings A DNS Settings _ Machine Name SMTP Settings POP3 Settings Levei OMPres Scanner Settings LDAP Setting 4 Frame Type Set 7
18. Ent 4 4 1 Scan to E Mail Specifying a destination with a one touch dial button You can transmit data simply by touching a one touch dial button if the e mail address of a destination or a mail program has been registered with a one touch dial button in advance For registering one touch dial buttons and mail programs refer to Registering destinations on page 4 32 Selecting a one touch dial button A one touch dial button can be selected in any of the following ways Use the appropriate method according to the number of recipients and the desired use e Directly touching the one touch dial button e Entering the number of the one touch dial button e Specifying chain dialing bizhub 362 282 222 4 3 Scan to E Mail Specifying a destination by touching a one touch dial button 1 Position the document to be scanned 2 Press the Fax Scan button After pressing Fax Scan you Fax Scan can specify Priority Screen settings in the User s Choice BIA screen that appears For details O refer to the User manual Copy Operations 3 Touch One Touch 4 Select the index containing the SCANReady Fine desired destination and then touch i One Touch nse mem the one touch dial button To select an index touch the corresponding tab or touch 4 or to select a different one You can specify multiple destinations for one transmission with the same one touch dial but
19. Select whether or not a port number is used with RAW printing RAW Port Specify the RAW port number Enter the port number within the range of 1 to Number 65535 Self Domain Specify the domain name of this machine Name amp Note Self Domain Name and Port Number appear if the optional scanner unit or fax kit has been installed Port Number Type in a port number between 1 and 65535 for this machine s domain DNS Configu Select Yes or No for the DNS Domain Name System ration When using a DNS server within a network select Yes When not using a DNS server within a network select No When using an external server such as an Internet provider select No if the IP address of the mail server is public If the DNS name of the mail server is public and the IP address is not public select Yes For details on the network environment contact the network administrator Host Name Specify the host name of this machine For details on the settings to be specified contact the network administrator Specify a setting when DNS Configuration is set to No Domain Name Specify the domain name of the DNS server For details on the settings to be specified contact the network administrator Specify a setting when DNS Configuration is set to No DNS Server Ad Specify the IP addresses of the DNS server dress 1 to 3 For details on the settings to be specified contact the
20. To clear all entered values press the C clear key Fres 2100 6 Touch Enter and then touch Enter in the next two screens that appear IP filtering is specified 3 50 bizhub 362 282 222 Setup 3 3 13 Specifying e mail server settings To be able to use the scanning functions of this machine it is necessary to specify certain settings according to the network environment of the machine For the required settings contact your network administrator To the network administrator The following settings are required to be able to use the scanning functions of this machine For each setting refer to the operation manual for the e mail server e P address of this machine e E mail account e mail address of this machine e POPS3 user name and POP3 password of this machine e Acquisition of SMTP for the account that is the sub domain of this machine device domain name e Specify the delivery of e mail from the e mail server to this machine DNS server setting When setup of the network is complete inform the users of this machine of the information described below e The network subnet mask to connect to this machine The network gateway address to connect to this machine The IP address and host name when using DNS of the SMTP server The IP address and host name when using DNS of the POP3 server bizhub 362 282 222 3 51 3 Setup 3 14 Entering a domain name When entering an e mail
21. User Account DESTINATION ADDRESS PAGES RESULT SALES NEW YORK 1192 168 1 111 Hipage ED09C6 IMAGE DOCUMENT TIME STORED TX START DURATION MODE pe TUE APR 19 2006 10 31 L cHicaco 6614316 761 APR 1910 24 APR 1910 30 6 sec SMB ne bizhub 362 282 222 6 23 Scan to SMB No Item Description 1 Report output date and time Shows the date and time that the report was printed 2 Transmission source infor Shows the registered transmission source name mation TSI 3 Transmission information Shows the document number the duration of the transmission and the transmission mode 4 Transmission result Shows the transmission result Any of the following may appear OK The transmission was completed successfully INTERR The transmission was interrupted F MEM The memory capacity was exceeded NG The transmission failed PT DEL The transmission to some destinations failed Error code For details refer to Network error list on page 12 4 5 Transmission image Shows a part of the sent image Resending You can resend up to 20 failed transmissions 1 Touch Job List then Type and then select the document that could not be sent If Retry and Change Destination appear in the screen the document does not need to be scanned again 2 Tosend to the same destination touch Retry To send to a different dest
22. bizhub 362 282 222 8 5 Using an LDAP server 8 2 Registering destination information to one touch dial buttons To register destination information to a one touch dial button If bit 7 of mode 466 is set to 1 in the Soft SW Setting screen you must log on with external server authentication before an LDAP search can be SCANReady Fine 1 2 Job List Fres 2100 performed 1 Press the Utility Counter key 2 Touch User Setting 3 Touch E Mail Input If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX 4 Touch One Touch 5 Select the one touch dial button to be programmed 6 On the LDAP Search screen touch ON and then touch Enter Select ON to activate One Touch Registration function for LDAP search Utility Counter LDAP Search Cancel Mee 700 bizhub 362 282 222 Using an LDAP server 7 When multiple LDAP servers are registered select the server to be searched and then touch Enter 8 Touch Name To specify detailed search conditions touch Detail Search Select LDAP server to search LDAP Search LDAP Server Select 9 Type in the keyword and then touch Enter 10 Touch Start Search 11 Select the destination To check the search conditions touch Search Condition Basic Sea DAP Sea LDAP Search Basic Search ESen A n Input Key Word and LDAP Search reh C a Select the dest
23. bizhub 362 282 222 Contents 11 13 2 Entering TENti ea peara aaa aara ra saaara daa ch nataan aiaa Aaien ia anias 13 5 TO tyPe Texts neanta a esl pete Gate eaaa 13 5 List of available characters cccccccescecceceesssseeseceeeeeeeeeteneeeens 13 6 13 35 Glo SSA Varrar raana ee aaraa armena me Aeaee cet enecencsasuasdendecedeceeqducearteectctectas 13 7 g e E ERN aY gt Gee ec EA TM AE E EE E EEA 13 13 Contents 12 bizhub 362 282 222 7 Introduction Introduction 1 a 1 Introduction Thank you for choosing this machine This user manual contains details on the operation methods required for using the network connection and scanner functions of the bizhub 362 282 222 precautions on their use and basic troubleshooting procedures Carefully read this user manual before using the machine to ensure proper and efficient use After reading the manual store it in the designated holder so that it can easily be referred to when questions or problems arise during operation Views of the actual equipment may be slightly different from the illustrations used in this user manual bizhub 362 282 222 1 3 1 Introduction 1 1 Energy Star ENERGY STAR As an ENERGY STAR Partner we have determined that this machine meets the ENERGY STAR Guidelines for energy efficiency What is an ENERGY STAR Product An ENERGY STAR product has a special feature that allows it
24. 7 34 bizhub 362 282 222 Internet faxing 3 Touch E Mail Input If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX User Setting Basico moa ETTA 4 Touch One Touch One Touch Index aj Mail Program 5 Touch the one touch dial button to Touch Enter be programmed One Touch Touch an index tab or Index List eJen us_ LJ then the desired one touch dial button If the machine is set to allow LDAP searches a screen appears allowing you to permit or prohibit the address registered with the one touch dial button to be found with an LDAP search If LDAP searches are not to be allowed select No 6 Type in the destination name that will appear on the one touch dial button and then touch Next bizhub 362 282 222 7 35 Internet faxing 7 Select the communication mode Touch InternetFAX Internet FAX then Next If mode 476 of the software switch settings was changed only communication modes that can be selected appear For details refer to Specifying software switch settings Select default Communication Mode Com mode Cancel Back Next SRR A de aser Cre Fos aY 100 machine functions on page 10 28 8 Enter the destination e mail address and then touch Next If parts of frequently used addresses are registered they can be quickly entered by touching Domain For detail
25. Gradation The light and dark levels of an image As the number increases smoother brightness variations can be reproduced Grayscale Monochrome image expressive form using the gradation information from black to white GSS SPNEGO Sim ple Digest MD5 Authentication methods for logging on to the LDAP server The au thentication method GSS SPENGO SIMPLE or Digest MD5 for the LDAP server differs depending on the server being used and the server settings Halftone The method of producing the light and dark parts of an image through varying sizes of black and white dots Hard Disk Large capacity storage device for storing data The data can be stored even if the power is turned off Host Name Displayed name of a device over a network HTTP Abbreviation for HyperText Transfer Protocol A protocol used to send and receive data between a Web server and a client Web browser Documents containing images recordings and video clips can be exchanged with the expressive form information ICM Abbreviation for Image Color Management The color management system used by Windows Color differences of input output devices such as monitors scanners and printers are adjusted to reproduce colors so that they are nearly the same on any device IMAP Abbreviation for Internet Message Access Protocol The protocol for retrieving e mail messages with the function for managing mailboxes on the serve
26. If Auto RX Check is set to Yes type in the time interval between 1 and 99 at which the check is performed Port Number Type in the number between 1 and 65535 of the port where the POP3 server is connected POP3 Timeout Select the time until the connection with the POP3 server is timed out Select 4 from 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 and 300 seconds APOP Select whether or not APOP authentication is enabled Ifthe setting of a parameter marked with is changed turn this machine off then on again 9 76 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection SMTP Item Description SMTP Server Address Specify a setting for sending data with the Scan to E mail or Internet fax op eration In addition specify a setting when using the E Mail Notification func tion with the Scan to FTP Scan to SMB or Scan to HDD operation Type in the IP address or host name up to 64 characters For details on the settings to be specified contact the network administrator Port Number Type in the number between 1 and 65535 of the port where the SMTP server is connected SMTP TX Time Select the time until the connection with the SMTP server is timed out Select out from 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 and 300 seconds SMTP RX Select the time until the connection with the SMTP server is timed out Select Timeout from 30 60 90
27. If the optional fax kit has been installed click the Fax Scan tab For the procedure to log on to Administrator mode refer to Logging on to Administrator mode on page 9 11 2 Click Report Settings 3 Specify a setting for each parameter and then click Apply Fie dk view Farertes Took Help EA Ready ta Sean GG Ready to Print Report Settings TX Report Single destination TX Report Muluple devlanatzone Activity Repost HTXFail WIXFal Output On bizhub 362 282 222 9 63 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 9 14 TCP IP Administrator mode Specify the required settings for using this machine over a network If TCP IP is clicked settings can be specified for the following Item Description TCP IP Select whether to enable or disable TCP IP DHCP Configu Select whether the DHCP server is enabled the IP address is acquired auto ration matically or disabled a fixed IP address is specified IP Address Specify the IP address of this machine Specify a setting when DHCP Con figuration is set to Disable Subnet Mask Type in the subnet mask of the network to be connected Specify a setting when DHCP Configuration is set to Disable Gateway Ad Type in the default gateway of the network to be connected Specify a setting dress when DHCP Configuration is set to Disable RAW Port
28. Select the communication mode for the secondary recipient and then click Next If mode 476 of the software switch settings was changed only communication modes that can be selected appear For details refer to Specifying software switch settings machine functions on page 10 28 File Edt View Favorites Tools Help GP Ready to Sean GB Ready to Print Administrator Password O ners Tasca E TX PCE mad Q TX Pc Scanner O TX FAX G3 1 amp TX FAX G3 2 E TX IntemetFAX Q TX IntemetFAX P TX Q TtintemetF AX P Relay Q TX SP FAX bizhub 362 282 222 9 27 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 5 Specify the various settings and then click Apply For details on the parameters refer to One Touch Key Registration User mode on page 9 14 Fie Edt view Favomes Tocs Hep EA Ready te Scan E Ready ta Print Admaniatrator Password A a es CS ra pce may Sub Address Kogistratien Doman Name Regering OTON Destinstion Address File Type Coding Method Apply Back Cancel f Clear Note The name that appears beside One Touch Name is the same as that specified for the main recipient Settings for all other parameters can be specified To delete the registered secondary recipient click Sub Address Delete 9 28 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9
29. Std and Dark To specify a density setting 1 Touch Quality amp Reduction SCANReady Fine 1 2 Fr 2 Touch Density and then touch the ENEY Fine desired density setting One Touch Searen Piet fesse Menu Quanity density eT q HED Light Std Dark Job List Pres 100 bizhub 362 282 222 6 11 Scan to SMB Original Size Set You can specify the scan area as a standard size A portion of a large original document as well as a non standard sized document can be sent in a standard size 1 Touch Quality amp Reduction Touch Reduction Area and then touch Original Size Set The Zoom parameter has no effect even if settings have been specified Select a scan area size and then touch Enter Touch Auto Detect to automatically select the size closest to the size of the original document However Letter size is selected for documents smaller than Letter size Touch Metric to specify metric sizes SCANReady Fine Center 1 2 Job List Fros 100 SCANReady Fine Quality One Touch Search el oy Menu i Reduction Area H Auto Zoom Bisot Size Set Memory 100 Free Original Size Setting Letter 11x17 D Auto Detect 5x8 D sxe D Legal Exec D Exec D Job List Mesy 100 6 12 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to SMB 6 6 3 Specifying additional functions You can add the foll
30. The communication mode can be specified if the optional scanner unit or fax kit is installed The communication mode can be specified if the optional fax kit is installed E mail IP TX IP Relay aa oe bizhub 362 282 222 9 25 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection Click the box for the one touch dial destination to be programmed with a secondary recipient Click Next If mode 476 of the software switch settings was changed only communication modes that can be selected appear For details refer to Specifying software switch settings machine functions on page 10 28 ie Cdt Yew favorkes look Adoumustrator Password torin EP Realy to Scan i Ready to Print Com Mode ETX PCE mall O D TX PCHTP Server O amp TX HDD Q TX Po Scanner O iO TX FAX G3 1 O amp TX FAX G3 2 EATX ImemetFAX O Q TX IntemetFAXQP TX O TX IntemetF AX P Relay TXPC SMB Q TX SIP FAX Next Cancel 9 26 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 3 Click Sub Address Registration Fle Edt vew Favortes Tool Help EA Realy t Scan iy Ready ts Print Admanistrator Password on a gt One Touch Key Registration TX PC E mail One Touch Neme TOKYO Destination Address tokyoGlest local File Type TIFF Coding Method MH Fo Back _Sum Aalto Regotrahon Caneel Ctear 4
31. 10 22 To specify the processing method for received documents 10 23 Specifying the processing of documents received on other lines amnia a aa eii 10 25 To specify the processing of received documents 0 10 26 bizhub 362 282 222 Contents 9 10 8 Specifying software switch settings machine functions 10 28 Software switch SettingS eeeseeeseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeneeseeeeeeenneeeeeaees 10 28 To specify a software switch setting ccccceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeteeeeees 10 30 Specifying whether or not the destination name is inserted mode O01 iit nearer 10 32 Specifying settings for address input and broadcast transmissions mode O18 ccccceecesseeeeeesssssneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeess 10 33 Specifying settings for the image in the results report MOS 023 cieis a etsaiei eurea a araa aaa aee an a aaa 10 34 Specifying administrator forwarding settings mode 198 10 35 Blocking calls from callers that are not specified mode 306 10 36 Specifying Internet fax settings Mode 350 sesser 10 37 Specifying whether to add the transmission source information when faxing or when forwarding received documents mode 352 10 38 Specifying SMTP transmission timeout settings mode 356 10 39 Specifying SMTP reception timeout settings mode 357 10 40 Specifying POP3 reception timeout settings mode 358 10 41 Specifying the default address input screen mode 366
32. 4 Touch Original Direction 5 Select the orientation of the SCANReady Fine document and then touch Enter m Auto The long side of the document is automatically set as the binding position gp ae a el E a 6 16 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to SMB Touch Enter Touch OFF to cancel the setting Q Detail When loading a double sided document with pages of different widths we recommend loading the pages with the same orientation When a document with pages of different orientations is scanned the orientation of the image data may not be correct bizhub 362 282 222 6 Scan to SMB Specifying priority transmission 1 Touch Menu If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX Menu 2 Touch Setting 2 then Priority TX ENET If the optional fax kit has been one touch Search pisat asst installed touch Set 2 then Setting Setting2 Network Priority TX 4 ge Touch the button again to cancel T Stamp the settings The button is highlighted Job List mesa 100 6 18 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to SMB Specifying timer transmission 1 2 3 4 Touch Menu If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX Menu Touch Setting 2 then Timer TX Setting If the optional fax kit has been installed touch Set 2 then Timer TX Setting Enter the time for transmission Touch Hour or M
33. FAX Settings can be specified for the following Item Description Remote Destination Name Type in the destination name that will appear on the one touch dial button Up to 12 characters can be entered FTP Server Address Specifies the server address of the upload destination using an IP address or host name Use Proxy Selects whether to use a proxy server to upload data FTP Port No Enter the port number to be used for FTP Enter a numeric value within the range of 1 to 65535 Anonymous Select whether to permit anonymous access access that does not require a user name or password To permit anonymous ac cess select Yes To prohibit anonymous access select No and then specify the login user name and password Directory Specify the directory path to the upload destination Up to 128 characters can be entered File Type Coding Method Sets the file type and encoding method for saving data You can select from TIFF multiple TIFF single and PDF for the file type Select either MH or MMR as the encoding method for the se lected file format The data capacity is lowest with MMR and highest with MH 5 24 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to FTP To program a one touch dial button 1 Press the Utility Counter key 2 Touch User Setting 3 Touch E Mail Input If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX 4 Touch One Touch Utility Count
34. GSR Super GSR Job List Fros 2Y 100 bizhub 362 282 222 7 13 Internet faxing Density According to the type of document being sent select the appropriate density from the settings described below Item Description Light 1 Std Dark For documents with a dark background color such as newspa pers and blueprints For normal documents For documents with faint or colored text Q Detail If 600 dpi Text or 600 dpi Text amp Photo is selected the density can be set to one of three levels Light Std and Dark To specify a density settings 1 2 Touch Quality amp Reduction SCANReady Fine One Touch Paes Menu Touch Density and then touch the ESNE Fine desired density setting i q HD Light Std Dark Pres 100 7 14 bizhub 362 282 222 Internet faxing Original Size Set You can specify the scan area as a standard size A portion of a large original document as well as a non standard sized document can be sent ina standard size 1 Touch Quality amp Reduction SCANReady Fine 1 2 Pree 100 Touch Reduction Area and then SCANReady Fine touch Original Size Set Oe Touehl Search EEA E The Zoom parameter has no B Reduction f effect even if settings have been specified Auto Zoom Bisect Job List Select a scan area size and then touch Enter Touch Auto Detect to automat
35. IP Filtering Pree 100 Machine Name cancet_ emer ea Pree 100 3 18 bizhub 362 282 222 Setup 3 6 SMTP Settings Settings can be specified for the following Item Description SMTP Server Address Specify when performing Scan to E Mail or Internet faxing In addi tion specify when using the E Mail notification function with Scan to FTP Scan to SMB or Scan to HDD Contact the network administrator for the information to be entered E Mail Address Enter the e mail address of this machine Contact the network administrator for the information to be entered SMTP Authentication Specify the user name when using the e mail transmission authenti User Name cation SMTP authentication function Contact the network administrator for the information to be entered It is not necessary to specify the setting when the SMTP authentica tion user name and the POP3 user name are the same SMTP Authentication Specify the password when using the e mail transmission authenti Password cation SMTP authentication function Contact the network administrator for the information to be entered It is not necessary to specify the setting when the SMTP authentica tion password and the POP3 password are the same amp Note The following appear when bits 6 and 2 of mode 380 are set to 1 in the Software Switch Setting screen For details refer t
36. On Select this setting to collect all received Internet faxes during the speci fied time period on the specified days and print them together Specify the days starting time and ending time Off Select this setting to immediately print an Internet fax that is received Stop Time Type in the ending time for printing received Internet faxes Start Time Type in the starting time for printing received Internet faxes Day Of The Select the day of the week to print at the specified time Week Memory Lock Specify the four digit password used to print Internet faxes received outside Password of the specified time period To change the password click Change Pass word and then specify a new password XQ Note The password appears as seee To correct the entered pass word clear eee and then type in the correct password amp Note For details on entering a password to print received Internet faxes refer to To print manually on page 10 16 9 52 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 Specifying the reception settings 1 In the Administrator mode click the Scan tab If the optional fax kit has been installed click the Fax Scan tab For the procedure to log on to Administrator mode refer to Logging on to Administrator mode on page 9 11 2 click RX Settings 3 Specify a setting for each parameter and then click Apply Pie Cdt Yew Favomes
37. Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 17 LDAP Server Setting Administrator mode If LDAP searches are enabled the LDAP server to be accessed can be registered Up to 5 LDAP servers can be registered in this machine For details on the LDAP search methods refer to Searching the destination information from the server on page 8 3 Reminder If LDAP is not set to Enable the LDAP server information cannot be registered To register the LDAP server information be sure to set LDAP to Enable If LDAP Server Setting is clicked settings can be specified for the following Item Description LDAP Server Name Enter the LDAP server name Up to 16 characters can be entered LDAP Server Address IP Ad dress Specify the IP address of the LDAP server LDAP Server Address Host Name Enter the LDAP server host name Up to 64 characters can be entered SSL TLS Select whether to perform SSL TLS encryption of the sent data Port Number Type in the port number between 1 and 65535 used to communicate with the LDAP server Search Base Specify the location on the LDAP server where searches are to be started Up to 255 characters can be entered Connection Type in the time between 5 and 300 seconds when a search is timed out timeout Maximum Type in the maximum number of hits between 5 and 100 to be received as number of LDAP search results
38. The POP 3 password and network administrator password appear as SETTING LIST USER SETTING lt USER CHOICE gt lt 1 gt MIXED ORIGINAL DETECTION lt 2 gt PRIORITY ORIGINAL COPY AUTO PAPER AUTO ZOOM PRIORITY PAPER SPECIAL PAPER SETTING Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 BYPASS Tray Zoom Ratio for Combine Bookle OFF 11 AUTO PAPER 41 NORMAL NORMAL OPTION OPTION NORMAL ON 2005APR19 TUE 14 08 TOKYO PA 11 14 bizhub 362 282 222 7 2 Scan function troubleshooting Scan function troubleshooting a 12 Scan function troubleshooting 12 1 When the following are displayed Screen Cause Action POPS reception fails Check that the POP3 user name and password are cor rectly specified Registering in network Now registering the network settings All operations cannot be done Please wait a while The administrator is logged on from a computer on the network Wait until the administrator operation are completed and the administrator has logged out If the administrator closes the Web browser without logging out the administrator must log in again and log off correctly bizhub 362 282 222 12 3 Scan function troubleshooting 12 2 Network error list When an error occurs such as during a scan transmission error codes are displaye
39. a T J Priority TX Seting Stamp _ a Job List Mees 100 SCANReady Fine e Touehf Search Pse Menu setting setting2 Network Stamp Enter e amp Lead amp Trail OFF Job List Free 100 bizhub 362 282 222 7 25 Internet faxing Changing the subject The subject line of an e mail message can be selected from subject lines registered in advance To specify settings refer to the Scanner Settings screen displayed from the Administrator Management screen on page 3 35 V The subject line is printed by the receiving machine when Yes is specified in the RX Doc Header Print screen Q Touch Menu If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX Menu Touch Network then Subject Selection If the optional fax kit has been installed touch Net then Subject Selection Select a subject and then touch Enter Touch OFF to cancel the setting Detail SCANReady Fine coated One Touch Search seet faauo Subject R ERINA aj A B A fication 4 Job List Pres 100 SCANReady Fine Search input Subject Selection Information _2_ Minutes C3 Connection 4 Conference Mes 100 When no subject is registered the e mail subject line lmage File one touch name machine name number is sent 7 26 bizhub 362 282 222 Internet faxing 7 Specifying a reply add
40. easel el OFF _ly Enter Current Time 15 55 16 24 using the keypad Touch Enter Touch OFF to cancel the settings eper 100 4 24 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to E Mail Specifying the stamp setting 1 Touch Menu If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX Menu 2 Touch Setting 2 then Stamp If the optional fax kit has been installed touch Set 2 then Stamp 3 Select the print position of the stamp and then touch Enter SCANReady Fine Seno Jseuing2 newor ll a T J Priority TX Seting Stamp _ a Job List Mees 100 SCANReady Fine e Touehf Search Pse Menu setting setting2 Network Stamp Enter e amp Lead amp Trail OFF Job List Free 100 bizhub 362 282 222 4 25 4 Scan to E Mail Changing the subject The subject line of an e mail message can be selected from subject lines registered in advance To specify settings refer to the Scanner Settings screen displayed from the Administrator Management screen on page 3 35 1 Touch Menu SCANReady Fine If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX Menu 2 Touch Network then Subject SCANReady Fine SA TOn If the optional fax kit has been installed touch Net then Subject Selection Fros Y 100 3 Select a subject and then touch Enter Touch OFF to cancel the settin
41. jpg The com pression ratio is roughly 1 10 to 1 100 This format uses an effective method in the compression of continuous tone images such as photographs Kerberos A type of network authentication system used by Windows 2000 or later Used in Active Directory authentication Users can be safely and efficiently authenticated with a two phase authentication user logon and network resource usage on a dependable site set up on the network Abbreviation for Local Area Network A network which connects computers on the same floor in the same building or in neighboring buildings LDAP Abbreviation for Lightweight Directory Access Protocol On a TCP IP network such as the Internet or an intranet this protocol is used to access a database for managing environment information and the e mail addresses of network users LPR LPD Abbreviation for Line Printer Request Line Printer Daemon A print ing method over a network in a Windows NT system or UNIX system Using TCP IP you can output print data from Windows or Unix to a printer over a network MAC Address Abbreviation for Media Access Control address With a special ID number for each Ethernet card data can be sent and received be tween the cards A number consists of 48 bits The first 24 bits con sist of a special number for each manufacturer controlling and assigning IEEE The last 24 bits consist of a number that the manu facturer assigns uniquely to
42. z Client computer bizhub 362 282 222 Features 2 5 Internet faxing The Internet fax operation attaches the image data of an original document to an e mail message and sends it over the Internet or an intranet to an Internet fax terminal You can send data simply by specifying an e mail address at the same time that a fax number is specified for a transmission using a general telephone line By registering a destination with a one touch dial button the data can be sent simply by touching a button in the One Touch screen The original document is attached to an e mail MIME format and sent as an image file in the TIFF format Internet faxing operates in an environment quite different from fax transmissions over a telephone line and faxes are not transmitted directly to the destination Therefore there are certain limitations When sending an Internet fax the reception results at the destination can be checked In addition the reception capabilities of the destination machine can be detected and the transmission adapted accordingly the destination machine must support full mode This machine must be connected to a LAN and the network settings must be specified For details refer to Chapter 2 Setup on page 3 3 For details refer to Chapter 6 Internet faxing on page 7 3 E mail server Client computer Internet fax terminal
43. 5 4 Specifies the print condi 00 Not output tions of transmission reports for TX Forwarding 01 Undeliverable 10 Always prints 11 Do not specify these set tings 3 2 1 0 0000 Do not change these bits when specifying settings for this function Bit 7 of mode 198 is enabled only when 1 transmit is specified bizhub 362 282 222 10 35 1 0 Specifying management settings Blocking calls from callers that are not specified mode 306 This mode can be set if the optional fax kit is installed Specify whether or not only faxes G3 received from callers with a specified F code bulletin board confidential forwarding can be received and all other faxes G3 are blocked Factory settings Bit 7654 3210 Setting 0000 0000 HEX 00 Specifying settings The shaded cells indicate the settings selected during production Bit Description Setting Description Page Refer ence 7 Specifies whether or not to 0 Doesnotblock block calls from callers that are not specified 1 Blocks 6 5 4 3 cnennne ne new enone nena nennn nee 0000000 Do not change these bits 2 1 0 when specifying settings for this function Note lf bit 7 is set to 1 a setting for All Other Documents displayed by touching Admin 1 then RX Document cannot be specified 10 36 bizh
44. 9 To change the file format and encoding method which were specified in advance by the administrator touch Scan Mode Scan Mode File Type Coding Method Memor Y 100 Free 10 Touch Enter 11 Check the information to be Posen 014 registered and then touch Enter Dest Mode1 Mode2 9nc One Touch Name NEW YORK Communication Mode E mail Destination newyork xyz com Mes 100 12 Touch Enter until the initial screen appears bizhub 362 282 222 4 35 Scan to E Mail Changing or deleting a one touch dial button 1 Perform steps 1 through 4 of the Select One Touch to REG CHANGE DEL procedure in To program a one MeL NZI _ touch dial button 1 2 Mee e100 Touch the one touch dial button to be change or deleted If the specified one touch dial button is programmed as an administrator forwarding destination the screen for entering the administrator number appears Touch the button for the information 95g5 014 to be changed and then make the change To delete the information touch Delete check that the correct One Touch Name j Tokyo _ information is to be deleted and communication Mode E mail then touch OK Destination Tokyo2 z com Meray 100 Check the information to be registered and then touch Enter Touch Enter until the initial scree
45. A touch or to move the S Derete cursor or press the C clear key to enter a new address 5 26 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to FTP 9 Select whether to use a proxy server and then touch Next 10 Enter the FTP port number Press the C clear key to delete the number type in the port number using the keypad and then touch Next Indicate whether or not a Proxy Server will be used ON Yes OFF No Utility Counter Use Proxy Cancel Back Next CON OFF Meno 100 Enter the FTP Port No using the keypad if a Proxy Server is not used Utility Counter Cancel Back Joa Next 1 65535 Memory 100 11 Specify the Account Information and IREE EET fan then touch Next a If Private Site is selected enter iNiSemation Cancel Back _ Next the login user name and EPS Anonymous password orname Memory 100 12 Enter the server directory name tobe Directory ance Back saved and then touch Next C gt De a w E R Ty UJ OJ Lole WEDA ZBWOWENMOL OO bizhub 362 282 222 5 27 Scan to FTP 13 Check the FTP server information and then touch Enter 14 Check the information to be registered File Destination Memory Check FTP Server Address 192 168 1 20 FTP Port No 21 Account Passive Mode Disable Mes 100 NEW YORK Delete Dest M
46. Binary Division Size 16to2000KB e gt Derete momay 100 6 Touch Enter bizhub 362 282 222 3 43 3 Setup 3 11 LDAP Setting The settings used by the LDAP Lightweight Directory Access Protocol server in a network can be specified Settings can be specified for the following Item Description LDAP Search Select whether to enable or disable the address search used by an LDAP server When Yes is selected an LDAP server can be specified LDAP Server Setting Register the LDAP server to be accessed Up to 5 LDAP servers can be registered in this machine Search Default Setting When multiple LDAP servers are registered select the primary LDAP server for performing searches LDAP Search 1 In the Network Setting screen touch LDAP Setting 2 Touch LDAP Search 3 Select whether to allow LDAP searches If Yes was selected specify the LDAP server settings Utility Counter LDAP Setting LDAP Search No LDAP Server Setting Menpres 100 Select Yes to activate the LDAP Search function Utility Counter LDAP Search Merza 100 3 44 bizhub 362 282 222 Setup LDAP Server Setting LDAP server settings can be specified for the following Item Description LDAP Server Name Enter the LDAP server name Up to 16 characters can be en tered Server Address Enter the IP address or host name of the LDAP
47. Destination address 4 33 7 34 9 15 9 18 9 20 Destination name 4 33 5 24 6 25 7 34 9 15 9 17 9 18 9 20 Destination registration 4 32 5 24 6 25 7 33 Detail search 8 3 Device domain name 9 64 DHCP configuration 9 64 DHCP settings 3 9 Directory name 5 24 9 77 Distribution conditions 9 58 Divide settings 3 35 Division by page 9 54 Division by size 9 54 DNS configuration 9 64 DNS query timeout 9 64 70 43 DNS server address 3 75 3 77 9 64 DNS settings 3 75 Document management 70 22 Domain name 3 75 3 17 3 52 9 64 9 71 Domain name registration 9 3 9 47 bizhub 362 282 222 13 13 13 Appendix E mail address 3 79 3 22 E mail divided transmission time interval 70 46 E mail header text 3 35 3 39 E mail mode 7 77 9 54 E mail notification destination 5 20 6 21 9 35 E mail program 4 47 E mail program list 77 77 E mail server settings 3 57 Entering an address 4 77 7 70 Export 9 4 9 42 10 52 FAX program registration 9 3 9 33 Filename 4 78 5 13 5 21 6 13 6 22 File path 6 25 9 20 File type 3 34 4 33 9 15 9 17 9 20 File type coding method 5 24 6 25 Fixed text 3 35 Forwarding destination 9 58 10 22 10 25 FTP configuration 9 5 9 84 FTP connection timeout 9 84 FTP port number 5 24 FTP server address 5 24 9 17 Full mode function 70 47 Gateway 3 9 3 13 Gateway TX 3 35 9 78 H Host address 6 25 Host name 3 75 3 16 9 64 Import 9 4 9 42 9 4
48. Detail To delete a forwarding destination touch Forward and then touch Delete 7 Touch Enter until the initial screen appears bizhub 362 282 222 10 27 10 Specifying management settings 10 8 Specifying software switch settings machine functions By using the software switch settings the mode bit and HEX values of each function of the machine can be changed from the factory settings to meet your specific needs Nii Reminder Do not change any modes or bits other than those described in this manual Note When Enhance Security is set to ON the software switch settings cannot be changed Software switch settings Item Description Mode Selection Parameters to be specified are represented by a three digit number Type in the value using the keypad Bit Selection A mode status is expressed with an eight digit number By specifying a binary number 1 or 0 for each of the bits 0 through 7 a setting can be specified for each parameter HEX Selection The settings of each mode are expressed using hexadecimal numbers combinations of 0 9 and A F The bit selection 00110000 equals the HEX selection 30 Specify mode settings either with bit or hexadecimal selections 10 28 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying management settings 1 0 Examples of settings in bit selection binary numbers and HEX selection hexadecimal numbers are shown below
49. PC SCANNER and IP RE LAY appear if the optional scanner unit is installed 4 Transmission function Shows the symbol of the transmission function used I Individual login F Forwarding S Transmission to secondary address Blank Other transmission 5 Pages Shows the number of document pages that were transmitted bizhub 362 282 222 11 Reports and lists No Item Description 6 Result Shows the transmission result Any of the following may appear OK The transmission was completed successfully INTERR The transmission was interrupted F MEM The memory capacity was exceeded NG The transmission failed PT DEL The transmission to some destinations failed F DATA The size of the data exceeds the allowable limit IMG NG The transmission resolution was incorrect so the transmission was ended Error code For details refer to Network error list on page 12 4 7 User Account Shows the user name or account name that was au thenticated T When e mail messages are transmitted separately by the separation setting only the actual time of the e mail message transmission is displayed in the Duration column The control time for separating e mail messages is not included When e mail messages are separated the duration between the beginning and end of the transmission and the duration time displayed in the report may vary bizhub 362 282 222 Reports and l
50. Search Authentication Setting Select the LDAP authentication method Domain Name Specify a setting when Authentication Setting is set to Active Directory Up to 64 characters can be entered Login Name Specify a setting when Authentication Setting is not set to Anonymous Up to 64 alphanumeric characters and symbols can be entered excluding Password Specify a setting when Authentication Setting is not set to Anonymous Up to 32 alphanumeric characters and symbols can be entered excluding Check con Click to use the entered settings and check the connection to the LDAP serv nection er bizhub 362 282 222 9 71 9 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection Naz Note If bit 7 of mode 466 is set to 1 in the Soft SW Setting screen select GSS SPNEGO beside Authentication Setting For details on the software switch settings refer to Specifying software switch settings machine functions on page 10 28 If bit 7 of mode 466 is set to 1 in the Soft SW Setting screen the information entered beside Login Name and Password is used when checking the connection For details on the software switch settings refer to Specifying software switch settings machine functions on page 10 28 9 72 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 Registering an LDAP server 1 In the Administrator mode click the Network tab Fo
51. Software SW Ping J Seting Delete Job Management 4 l 3 Touch SSL TLS asy O O y l samy Emter_ Sesang 0 Unlock _ J SSL TLS 4 4 Specify whether to use SSL TLS Select ON to activate SSL TLS for and then touch Enter If Enhance Security is set to ON SSL TLS cannot be set to OFF Pee 100 5 Touch Enter until the Initial screen appears bizhub 362 282 222 10 61 1 0 Specifying management settings 10 62 bizhub 362 282 222 1 1 Reports and lists Reports and lists 11 Ini 11 11 1 Reports and lists Checking the transmission conditions TX Report The transmission report TX Report shows the document number start date and time of the transmission duration of the transmission destination mode number of pages transmitted transmission results and transmission volume According to the factory setting the machine is set to automatically print a report after every 50 transmissions The method for manually printing a report is described below Q Detail To change the report related settings refer to User manual Copy Operations Note If bit 6 of mode 477 is set to 1 in the Software Switch Setting screen reports can be printed with Print Lists in the Administrator Management 7 screen For details refer to Specifying software switch settings machine functions on page 10 28 bizhub 362 2
52. The Scan tab does not appear on the User mode page bizhub 362 282 222 9 3 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection Scan tab Administrator mode Item Description One Touch Key Registration Export Exports the one touch dial button information registered on this machine and saves the data as a file Import Imports the one touch dial button information saved on a computer and writes the data to this machine TSI Registration Register the text such as a name fax number or ad dress that is printed at the top of pages sent with the In ternet fax operation Register the transmission source name that is added at the top of e mail messages sent using the Scan to E Mail operation TX Settings TX Settings Specify the default transmission settings Com Mode Select whether or not each communication mode can be used RX Settings Specify the time and day of the week to print documents received with the Internet fax operation Scan Setting Specify the device name of this machine which will be used in file names and the transmission settings for scanned data TX Document When sending documents from this machine the docu ment can be forwarded simultaneously to the addresses specified by the administrator Specify the address of the forwarding destination RX Document Port Specify how documents received over a network are process
53. method The user authentication server type and domain name can be specified If User Authentication is clicked settings can be specified for the following Item Description Active Directo ry Type in a domain name of up to 64 characters for the Active Directory Ten domain names can be registered Specify the default domain name in the Default Domain Setting box NTLM Type in the domain name for the NT server Up to 15 characters can be en tered NDS Tree Type in the NDS tree name Up to 63 characters can be entered Name NDS Context Name Type in the NDS context name Up to 127 characters can be entered OS Note f user authentication is performed and a domain other than the default domain name is used as an Active Directory type in the user name as user_name domain_name For user_name domain_name specify a domain name of up to 64 characters If bit 7 of mode 466 is set to 1 in the Soft SW Setting screen select Active Directory For details on the software switch settings refer to Specifying software switch settings machine functions on page 10 28 9 96 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 Specifying user authentication settings 1 In the Administrator mode click the Network tab For the procedure to log on to Administrator mode refer to Logging on to Administrator mode on page 9 11 2 Click
54. on page 6 9 7 Specify the necessary Menu settings If the optional fax kit has been installed specify the FAX Menu settings For details refer to Specifying additional functions on page 6 13 8 Press the Start key SCANReady Fine one touch Search fees Menu Density ne Reduction Area a A Ae me A A Ox 200 400x400 Text Photo GSR Super GSR Mee 7 Y 100 SCANReady Fine One Touch Search Parast resies TSI only fm 2in1 2 Sided TX Job List Fros 2 Y100 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to SMB 6 6 2 Specifying the scanning quality and zoom ratio You can specify the scanning quality and zoom ratio by touching Quality amp Reduction in the screen that appears when the Fax Scan key on the control panel is pressed Q Detail When the transmission is complete the specified settings return to their defaults Quality You can select the scan resolution amount of details Select from the following resolution settings according to the type of document being scanned Item Description Standard For documents containing plain text such as handwriting Fine For documents containing small print such as newspapers or Super Fine detailed illustrations 600 dpi Text Text Photo For documents containing both text and images with color 600 dpi Text amp Photo shades such as photos GSR For documents containing color shade
55. 0123456789 13 6 bizhub 362 282 222 13 3 Glossary 13 Term Definition 10Base T 100Base TX 1000Base T A standard for Ethernet which is connected through a cable consist ing of twisted copper wire pairs The transmission speed of 10Base T is 10 Mbps of 100Base TX is 100 Mbps and of 1000Base T is 1 000 Mbps Active Directory A service that manages all information such as hardware resources for servers clients and printers on a network supported by Micro soft and the attributes and access permissions of the users anonymous FTP While normal FTP sites are protected by an account name and pass word this type of FTP site can be used by anyone without a pass word by simply entering anonymous as the account name APOP Abbreviation for Authenticated Post Office Protocol An authentica tion method with encrypted passwords which results in increased safety as compared to the usual unencrypted passwords used by POP to retrieve e mail messages AppleTalk A generic name for the protocol suite developed by Apple Computer for computer networking Auto IP A function for automatically acquiring the IP address If acquisition of the IP address failed with DHCP an IP address is acquired from the address space of 169 254 0 0 bit Abbreviation for Binary Digit The smallest unit of information data quantity on a computer or printer Displays data using 0 or 1 BMP Abb
56. 120 150 180 210 240 270 and 300 seconds E Mail Address Specify the e mail address up to 64 characters of this machine This address appears as the From address when sending data with the Scan to E Mail or Internet fax operation For details on the settings to be specified contact the network administrator SMTP Authen tication User Name Specify the user name for using e mail transmission authentication SMTP au thentication For details on the settings to be specified contact the network administrator It is not necessary to specify a setting when the SMTP authentication user name and the POPS user name are the same SMTP Authen tication User Password Specify the password for using e mail transmission authentication SMTP au thentication For details on the settings to be specified contact the network administrator It is not necessary to specify a setting when the SMTP authentication pass word and the POP3 password are the same amp Note The entered password appears as eeee To correct the en tered password clear eeee and then type in the correct pass word Note If the setting of a parameter marked with is changed turn this machine off then on again The following parameters appear when bits 6 and 2 of mode 380 are set to 1 in the Software Switch Setting screen For details refer to Specifying software switch settings machine functions on
57. 4 1 Specifying a destination with a one touch dial button 4 3 Selecting a one touch dial Dutton eee eeeeeeeteneeeeeseeeeeeneeeeeaeees 4 3 Specifying a destination by touching a one touch dial button 4 4 Entering the number of a one touch dial button c ceeee 4 6 Searching for a one touch dial button eee eeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeeees 4 8 Specifying Chain dialing ee eeseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeneeseeeeeeeeneeeeens 4 10 4 2 Entering an address 5 lt ciecccei scessccecescscteccustecdeccaesutstectexeceateccsesteens 4 11 To enter an ACAI ESS eeeeeeceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeteneeeeeeeeeaaes 4 11 4 3 Specifying the scanning quality and ZOOM ratiO eeeeeeeee 4 14 Quality varn n e Vr Ear ANo ieaS 4 14 To specify the scanning quality cc cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeee 4 15 Densi a aa eddies 4 16 To specify the density settings cccseceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeee 4 16 Original Size Seti iwc Aid we nin nateantiinunndesete 4 17 bizhub 362 282 222 Contents 3 44 Specifying additional fUNCTIONS ccccssseeeeeessseeeeeeeessneeeeeeeseees 4 18 Specifying the transmission report printing conditions 4 20 To specify the transmission report printing conditions 4 20 Specifying 2in1 tranSMISSION eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 4 21 Specifying double sided tranSMisSiONn
58. Connection Timeout A 1 When using the E Mail Notification function also specify the e mail transmission SMTP settings bizhub 362 282 222 3 5 Setup Reminder If the Utility Counter key was pressed to register items and specify settings be sure to press the Reset key in the control panel after returning to the initial screen bizhub 362 282 222 Setup 3 To specify initial network settings 1 Press the Utility Counter key 2 Touch Admin Management Utility Counter sexing Counter 357 Total Copy management Reports Counter Printer Setting 3 Type in the administrator password using the keypad and then touch Enter Administrator Code 12345678 is registered at the factory To change the administrator Eora password refer to the User manual Copy Operations Fres 7100 4 Touch Admin 2 Utility Counter Administrator Management Admin 1 Admin 2 4 Pree 100 5 Touch Network Settings Utility Counter Administrator Management 2 Settings Setting Sekine J Delete Job Management 4 bizhub 362 282 222 3 7 Setup If the optional scanner unit or fax kit has been installed touch Network Setting 1 Utility Counter Network Settings Net k Network Setting 4 Setting 2 Specify each network setting and Network Setting enter then touch Enter DNS Set
59. Doc screen sae oats To add a new forwarding 002 user2 user2 test destination touch Next B user3 user3 test Destination B user4 user4 test To view the details of the ans elt forwarding destinations touch Dest Delete _ Detail__ B2ztination Forward and then touch Detail To delete a forwarding destination touch Forward and then touch Delete Touch Enter until the initial screen appears 10 24 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying management settings 1 0 Specifying the processing of documents received on other lines You can specify the processing method for documents received on lines other than a port The following settings can be specified Item Description RX Doc Settings When Distribution Conditions is set to Specified select the processing method for the received document Print Prints the document Forward Forwards the data to the specified destination Print and Forward Prints the document and at the same time forwards the data to the specified destination Memory RX Receives the memory by force Forwarding Dest Specify the forwarding destination if Forward is selected in the Setting of RX Doc screen Touch Next Destination touch the button for the recipient s address and then touch Enter Note f bit 7 of mode 306 is set to 1 in the Soft SW Setting screen only Port s available For details refer to Specifying softw
60. Ener J 3 40 bizhub 362 282 222 Setup ie Subject Registration 1 In the Network Setting screen touch Scanner Settings 2 Touch Subject Registration 3 Touch the number of the subject to be registered or changed type in the text and then touch Enter 4 Touch Enter Scanner Settings Activity Report ON RX Doc Header Print OFF E Mail Header Text Fixed Text Gateway TX estrict Subject Registration Divide Settings Froe 100 Select Subject Utility Counter Subject Registration Enter _1_ Test Mail 1 Free 7100 bizhub 362 282 222 3 41 Setup Divide Settings 1 In the Network Setting screen touch Scanner Settings 2 Touch Divide Settings 3 Select ON or OFF for Page Division and Binary Division 4 If Binary Division is set to ON touch Binary Division Size Scanner Settings N RX Doc Header Print OFF E Mail Header Text Fixed Text Gateway TX estrict Subject Registration Divide Settings Activity Report fe fe Pree 100 Utility division settings Utility Counter Division Settings Page Division ON OFF o 500KB __ Select division settings Utility Counter Division Settings OFF N o 500KB __ Meraz 100 3 42 bizhub 362 282 222 Setup 3 5 Type in the data division size and then touch Enter Enter Binary Division Size
61. FTP The Scan to FTP operation is used to upload the scanned data of an original document to an FTP sever on a network By registering a destination with a one touch dial button paper documents can be converted into data and uploaded simply by touching a button in the One Touch screen The uploaded data can be downloaded to a computer on the network e The original document is sent as an image file in the TIFF format or the PDF format e You can specify whether to have an e mail message sent to notify you of the location where the data was saved when the FTP transmission is complete E mail Notification function e This machine must be connected to a LAN and the network settings must be specified For details refer to Chapter 2 Setup on page 3 3 e For details refer to Chapter 4 Scan to FTP on page 5 3 FTP server Internet FTP server 2 4 bizhub 362 282 222 Features 2 3 Scanto SMB The Scan to SMB operation is used to send the scanned data of an original document to a shared folder on a computer on the network By registering a destination with a one touch dial button paper documents can be converted into data and sent simply by touching a button in the One Touch screen In order to perform a Scan to SMB operation a shared folder must be specified in advance on the computer where the data is to be received Data cannot be saved in shared folders created on the doma
62. Factory settings Bit 7654 3210 Setting 1111 1000 HEX F8 Specifying settings The shaded cells represent the factory settings The page numbers on the right refer to the descriptions of the corresponding functions Bit Description Setting Description Page Refer ence 7 6 5 E 1111 Do not change these bits when specifying settings for this function 3 Specifies whether or 0 Is not added not an image of the transmitted docu 1 Is added ment is added to the results report 2 1 0 i 000 Do not change these bits when specifying settings for this function bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying management settings 10 Specifying administrator forwarding settings mode 198 You can specify whether a received document is forwarded to a destination specified by the administrator Factory settings Bit 7654 3210 Setting 1101 0000 HEX DO Specifying settings The shaded cells represent the factory settings The page numbers on the right refer to the descriptions of the corresponding functions Bit Description Setting Description Page Ref erence 7 Specifies whether areceived 0 Not forwarded page 10 2 document is forwarded to a 0 destination specified by the 1 Forwarded administrator 6 Specifies whether to enable 0 Not forwarded TX Forwarding when scan ning 1 Forwarded
63. Host Configuration Protocol A protocol in which a client computer on a TCP IP network automatically specifies the network settings from the server With collective management of the IP address for DHCP clients on the DHCP server you can avoid duplication of an address and you can build a network easily DNS Abbreviation for Domain Name System A system that acquires the supported IP addresses from host names in a network environment DNS allows the user to access other computers over a network by specifying host names instead of difficult to memorize and under stand IP addresses DPI dpi Abbreviation for Dots Per Inch A resolution unit used by printers and scanners Indicates how many dots per inch are represented in an image The higher the value the higher the resolution Driver Software that works as a bridge between a computer and a periph eral device Ethernet LAN transmission line standard File Extension The characters added to the file name in order to differentiate file for mats The file extension is added after a period for example bmp or jpg FTP Abbreviation for File Transfer Protocol A protocol for transferring files over the Internet or an intranet on the TCP IP network Gateway Hardware and software used as the point where a network is con nected to a network A gateway also changes data formats ad dresses and protocols according to the connected network
64. Note lf A is included in the registered information the destination may not be found correctly Basic Search and Detail Search The LDAP server contains various types of destination information With the LDAP search function of this machine you can use a basic search method by specifying a keyword that meets the information contained in the address or you can use an advanced search method by specifying detailed search items and conditions Item Description Basic Search If a keyword is entered the search can be performed based on the keyword The keyword can contain up to 10 characters Detail Search Searches the address by specifying a keyword for various search items and specifying conditions Up to 10 charac ters can be entered In addition four conditions can be specified at a time The following search items can be selected Full name E Mail Last Name First Name Fax City Company De partment The following conditions can be selected Contains key word AND START End OFF amp Note If 11 or more characters are entered for the keyword the tenth character s replaced with the last character entered preventing the search from being performed correctly Therefore be sure to enter no more than 10 characters bizhub 362 282 222 8 3 8 Using an LDAP server To search the destination information 1 Press the Fax Scan key Fax Scan Ds 2 Touch Search SCAN
65. Registering mail Programs cccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeteseneeeeeseeenees 4 41 To register a Mail PrOGrAM ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteneeeeeeetees 4 43 Changing deleting a mail program eeeeeeeseeeeneeeeeeeeteneeeeees 4 46 5 an to FTP 5 1 Specifying a destination with a one touch dial button 5 3 Selecting a one touch dial DUTtON ee eeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeaees 5 3 Specifying a destination by touching a one touch dial button 5 3 Entering the number of a one touch dial button eeeeeee 5 5 Searching for a one touch dial button 0 00 eeteeeeseeeeeneeteeneeeeeees 5 7 5 2 Specifying the scanning quality and ZOOM ratio sseseseeeseeeees 5 9 Quality siesta donee espana vadeat ier ee eee ae 5 9 To specify the scanning quality cccseeeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 10 DO NSIty cre A A A A Renee ctevdeedt Uecchebeeaetecteedl eatin To specify a density Setting ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeees Original Size Seti sie norte tiraa inaina raa aaea aa eaea d an akea iais 5 3 Specifying additional functions Specifying the transmission report printing conditions 5 14 To specify the transmission report printing conditions 5 14 Specifying 2in1 transmission eee ees eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 5 15 Contents 4 bizhub 362 282 222 5 4 5 5 6 1 6 2 6 3 6 4
66. Scan to FTP Scan to SMB or Scan to HDD operations The transmission size setting specified here is the default setting when programming a one touch dial button In Scan Mode settings can be specified for the following Item Description File Type Select the file format TIFF or PDF for sending files If TIFF was selected the setting changes to Multi Page TIFF with the Scan to FTP Scan to SMB or Scan to HDD operation Coding Method Select either MH or MMR as the encoding method for the selected file format The data capacity is lowest with MMR and highest with MH To specify the scan mode settings 1 2 3 In the Network Setting screen touch Priority Compress Level Touch Scan Mode Select the file format and encoding method and then touch Enter Priority Compress Level E Mail Mode Pree 100 Set the default for Scan to PC Utility Counter Scan Mode File Type Coding Method Co vr Pree 100 3 34 bizhub 362 282 222 Setup 3 10 Scanner Settings Settings can be specified for the following Item Description Activity Report Specify whether to be notified of the Internet fax reception results RX Doc Header Print Select whether to print the e mail header on the first page of a doc ument received through Internet faxing E Mail Header Text Text can be added to Scan to E Mail and Internet
67. Settings 2 Touch DHCP 3 Touse the DHCP server touch Auto Obtain To use a fixed IP address touch IP Input When IP Input was selected specify the settings for IP Address Setting and Subnet Mask 4 Touch Enter Basic Settings cancel J_ enter_ DHCP IP Input IP Addres Setting Subnet Mask Gatewa Self Domain Name Network Board Set Auto This unit is DHCP compatible Input IP address when DHCP is not required Free 100 bizhub 362 282 222 Setup IP Address Setting Specify a setting when DHCP is set to IP Input 1 In the Network Setting screen touch Basic Settings 2 Touch IP Address Setting Use the keypad to type in the IP address You cannot specify an IP address that begins with 0 127 or 224 or higher When less than three digits are entered use to move the cursor to the next number Touch Enter Basic Settings cancel enter IP Input IP Addres Setting oat eames Subnet Mask J n s Gateway seg CEE ATES Self Domain Name e Network Board Set Auto Enter IP Address IP Address Setting Cancel Enter _ _ oorr Fros 2100 bizhub 362 282 222 Setup Subnet Mask Specify a setting when DHCP is set to IP Input 1 In the Network Setting screen touch Basic Settings 2 Touch Subnet Mask 3 Use the keypad to type in the IP address
68. Specifying double sided tranSMisSiONn cceeseeeeseeeeeneteeees 5 16 Specifying priority tranSMiSSION eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeee 5 18 Specifying timer transmission ceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeteeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 18 Specifying the stamp setting 0 0 eeeseeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 5 19 Specifying the e mail notification destination ce eeeeeeeee 5 20 Specifying a file MAMC ceccesecceceseeeeeseeeneseeenesceeeseeeeeeseeneneses 5 21 If transmission could not be completed cssssseecssseeeeteeseees 5 22 Viewing a tranSMiSSiOn rePOFt ceceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeseeeesneeees 5 22 RESCNGING 5 wetintin died senate einen Wiles S 5 23 Registering destinations ccccsssseeceeeesseeeeeeesseneeneeenseneeeeneeeeees 5 24 Programming a one touch dial button eee eeeeeeeneeeeenneeeeeees 5 24 To program a one touch dial button eee eeeeeeeesneeeeeeeteeeeees 5 25 Changing or deleting a one touch dial button s src 5 29 Copying a one touch dial button 0 eee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeneeteeees 5 30 SMB Specifying a destination with a one touch dial button 6 3 Selecting a one touch dial Dutton 0 0 eee eeeeeeeeeneeeeeseeeeeeeeeeaeees 6 3 Specifying a destination by touching a one touch dial button 6 3 Entering the number of a one touch dial button c ceeeee 6 5 Searching for a one touch dial button eee eeee
69. Specifying the processing of received documents at each line 1 In the Administrator mode click the Scan tab If the optional fax kit has been installed click the Fax Scan tab For the procedure to log on to Administrator mode refer to Logging on to Administrator mode on page 9 11 2 Click RX Document then Port 3 Click Network Fle Udk view Farerkes Took Help bizhub 362 282 222 9 59 9 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 4 Specify a setting for each parameter and then click Apply fle Edt wew Fawontes Tools Hep OE Ready w Scan e Ready m Print a a Network Dpetrtiution Conditiona RX Doc Settings Forwardenyy Destination Select Forwarding Destinahon Apply J Cancel Clear 9 60 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 Specifying the processing of other received documents 1 In the Administrator mode click the Scan tab If the optional fax kit has been installed click the Fax Scan tab For the procedure to log on to Administrator mode refer to Logging on to Administrator mode on page 9 11 2 Click RX Document then All Other Documents 3 Specify a setting for each parameter and then click Apply Fle Edt vew Fawentes Toos Hep Really w Scan ie Ready ta Print All Other Documents RX Doc Setimgs Forwarding Destination C Select Forwarding Destination
70. Super GSR Fros Y 100 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to FTP 5 Density According to the type of document being sent select the appropriate density from the settings described below Item Description Light For documents with a dark background color such as newspa t pers and blueprints Std ie For normal documents Dark For documents with faint or colored text Detail lf 600 dpi Text or 600 dpi Text amp Photo is selected the density can be set to one of three levels Light Std and Dark To specify a density setting 1 Touch Quality amp Reduction SCANReady Fine 1 2 Job List Fr 2 Touch Density and then touch the ENEY Fine desired density setting fone Touch Search piest Powe Menu Quanity JJoensty a q HED Light Std Dark Job List Pres 100 bizhub 362 282 222 5 11 Scan to FTP Original Size Set You can specify the scan area as a standard size A portion of a large original document as well as a non standard sized document can be sent in a standard size 1 Touch Quality amp Reduction Touch Reduction Area and then touch Original Size Set The Zoom parameter has no effect even if settings have been specified Select a scan area size and then touch Enter Touch Auto Detect to automatically select the size closest to the size of the original document However Letter size is selected for documents sm
71. Took Hep GP Ready to Sean EQ Ready to Print RX Settings Memory RX Time Setting Tiner Stop Time Start Tame Day OfThe Week Memory Lock Password eose Change Password bizhub 362 282 222 9 53 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 10 Scan Setting Administrator mode The device name of this machine used in the file name and the transmission of the scanned data can be specified Settings can be specified for the following Item Description Machine Name Enter the device name of this machine that is used for the file name Up to 16 characters can be entered Division by Page Applied when performing the Scan to E Mail or Internet fax operation Select whether the data is divided by page when scanned data is sent Division by Size Applied when performing the Scan to E Mail operation Select whether the data is divided by a fixed size when scanned data is sent Note Depending on the e mail software used by the recipient the bi nary division Division by Size may not be available Size of Division When Division by Size is set to On type in the size of the data sections between 16 and 2000 KB Interval of Divi sion Transmis sion When Division by Size is set to On type in the number of seconds be tween 1 and 255 for the interval when the divided data is sent E mail Mode TX Quality Select the maximum
72. When less than three digits are entered use to move the cursor to the next number 4 Touch Enter Basic Settings cancer ener Subnet Mask a a Self Domain Name pn Subnet Mask __ 255 255 255 0 Corre Pree 100 3 12 bizhub 362 282 222 Setup Gateway Specify a setting when DHCP is set to IP Input 1 In the Network Setting screen touch Basic Settings 2 Touch Gateway 3 Use the keypad to type in the IP address You cannot specify an IP address that begins with 0 127 or 224 or higher When less than three digits are entered use to move the cursor to the next number 4 Touch Enter Basic Settings cancer ener Subnet Mask ss Self Domain Name pe ree 100 Enter Gateway Utility Counter Gateway Cancel Enter e gt vetete _ Froo 100 bizhub 362 282 222 Setup Network Board Set Settings can be specified for the following Item Description Auto Selects the transmission speed automatically by auto negotia tion 100M Full Manually specifies a transmission speed of 100 Mbps in full du plex mode when the transmission speed cannot be selected au tomatically 100M Half Manually specifies a transmission speed of 100 Mbps in half duplex mode when the transmission speed cannot be selected automatically 10M Full Manually specifies a
73. before SMTP authenti Check the POP3 account and password cation failed Refer to page 3 25 12 4 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan function troubleshooting Internet fax reception Error code Cause Action E40XXX Since the POPS server ad dress is not specified connec tion to the e mail server is not possible or connection to the server is not possible due to an error in the server Check the POPS server address Check that the POPS server is operating prop erly Refer to page 3 25 E50XXX Since the POP3 user name or Check the user name and password set E51XXX password is not specified oris tings Refer to page 3 25 E52XXX incorrect reception is not pos sible E60XXX Data incompatible with POP3 Check with the sender E61XXX reception was received An e mail with a file attachment of a format other than TIFF F or text that exceeds 1 000 char acters per line or large data or an e mail message contain ing no data was received E7XXXX APOP authentication failed Check the POP3 account and password Refer to page 3 25 ECXXXX The LAN cable is not connect Check that the LAN cable is properly ed communication to the POP3 server failed or the user name and password are not registered in the server and differ from the settings on this machine connected and that the POP3 server set tings are correct Refer to page 3 25 bizhub 362 282 222 12 5 Scan function troublesho
74. e One Touch Name Tokyo2 Communication Mode internet FAX Destination Tokyo2 xyz com Mesa 100 Free 4 Check the information to be registered and then touch Enter 5 Touch Enter until the initial screen appears bizhub 362 282 222 7 37 Internet faxing Copying a one touch dial button 1 2 Perform steps 1 through 4 of the procedure in To program a one touch dial button Touch the one touch dial button to be copied Touch One Touch then One Touch Copy Touch the one touch dial button where the information is copied to Select a one touch dial button that has not yet been programmed To deselect the one touch dial button where the information is to be copied to touch the selected one touch dial button again Fosch 014 Tokyo2 One Touch Copy Mes 100 Select the One Touch key you wish to copy to One Touch Cop Cejn us O reis Tokyo Osaka Nagoya Fukuok Center Cente 4 2 Memory 100 Free Touch Enter until the initial screen appears 7 38 bizhub 362 2 82 222 Internet faxing 7 Registering deleting a secondary destination Y A secondary recipient can be specified if the optional scanner unit or fax kit is installed 1 Perform steps 1 through 9 of the procedure in To program a one touch dial button 2 Touch the one touch dial button where the secondary destination is to be
75. fax kit has been installed click the Fax Scan tab 2 Click FAX Program Registration 3 From the Index list click the index where the fax program is to be registered The one touch dial destinations saved in the selected index appear in the lower half of the page 4 Click a box where a one touch dial destination has not yet been registered Which are the boxes where a one touch dial destination has not yet been registered gt The boxes where a one touch dial destination has not yet been registered contain Fie Cdk wew Favomtes Took Hep GA Realy w Scan J Resdy m Print Admaniatrator Password P One Touch Key Registration nen 1 3 gt Domain Nume Regiseason TH JPN JPN omy 0 Bmw 0 go vo 0 amp woz O esos TOKYO OSAKA NAGOYA FUKUOKA O amp mus is 0 a wor SMB IFAX 9 36 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 5 Specify settings for the various parameters Fie Edt View Fawortes Took Heip EP Realy ts Sean GB eater Dest Inset TX Report mt 2Sided TX Ongan Bind Deection Ongena Drecnon Rotation TX Prony TX Timer Time Stamp Menu Subject Selection Set Reply Emad Address EMad Nolificeton Destination Set Fle Nane L Select Destination Fine Middle x Auto Reduction Auto Detect T31 S oe Defaut oe oy Auto Auto On Select Reply E mail Address Soloct E Mail Not amp cation Destina
76. installed on a computer Web Browser Software such as Internet Explorer and Netscape Navigator for view ing Web pages bizhub 362 282 222 13 11 1 3 Appendix Term Definition Zone A name given in an AppleTalk network This is used to group multiple devices on an AppleTalk network 13 12 bizhub 362 282 222 Appendix 13 13 4 Index Nur CS 2in1 4 78 4 21 5 13 5 15 6 13 6 15 7 16 7 20 9 34 2 sided TX 4 78 4 22 5 13 6 13 7 16 9 34 9 49 10 7 Accessing PageScope Web Connection 9 7 Account track 3 56 9 8 Activity Report 3 35 9 62 9 78 10 17 10 19 Activity report 3 37 Administrator forwarding 70 20 10 35 10 36 Administrator mode 9 77 Anonymous 5 24 9 17 AppleTalk 9 5 Authentication settings 3 45 9 77 Auto RX check 3 25 3 29 9 76 Auto RX check interval 9 76 R LJ B W coding method 9 54 B W file type 9 54 Basic search 8 3 Basic settings 3 9 Binary division 3 36 3 42 Binary division size 3 36 3 42 Cache 9 13 Certificate 9 88 9 89 9 92 Chain dialing function 4 70 7 9 Coding Method 3 30 3 33 3 34 4 33 9 15 9 17 9 18 9 20 9 54 Com mode 9 49 10 7 Comm menu settings 70 70 Common settings 9 5 Connection check 3 45 9 71 Connection timeout 3 45 9 71 Custom Text 3 35 D Day of the week settings 9 52 Default density 70 7 Default gateway 9 64 Default quality 70 7 Density 4 76 5 77 6 11 7 14 9 34 Destination 9 34
77. modes do not appear in their selection screens amp Note Programmed one touch dial buttons can be used for transmission even if a prohibited communication mode has been specified If all communication modes are prohibited modes 475 to 477 some screens such as those for specifying transmission settings may not normally be displayed Factory settings Bit 7654 3210 Setting 0000 0000 HEX 00 bizhub 362 282 222 10 55 10 Specifying management settings Specifying settings The shaded cells represent the factory settings The page numbers on the right refer to the descriptions of the corresponding functions Bit Description Setting Description Page Refer ence 7 Specifies whether or 0 Permitted not the use of the Scan to SMB opera 1 Prohibited tion is prohibited 6 Specifies whether or 0 Permitted ss not the use of SMB aa printing is prohibit 1 Prohibited ed 5 Specifies whether or 0 Permitted wsseeseeee not the use of G3 faxing is prohibited 1 Prohibited 4 Specifies whether or 0 Permitted _ not the use of the ae Scan to HDD opera 1 Prohibited tion is prohibited 3 Specifies whether or 0 Permitted not the use of the Scan to E Mail oper 1 Prohibited ation is prohibited 2 Specifies whether or 0 Permitted not the use of
78. name of this machine Contact the network administrator for the information to be en tered Specify when DNS Setting is set to YES Domain Name Specify the domain name of the DNS server Contact the network administrator for the information to be en tered Specify when DNS Setting is set to YES DNS Server Address Specify the IP addresses of the DNS server Contact the network administrator for the information to be en tered Specify when DNS Setting is set to YES bizhub 362 282 222 Setup DNS Setting 1 In the Network Setting screen touch DNS Settings Network Setting Sctings A DNS Settings _ POP3 Settings Esga compress Scanner Settings LDAP Setting r Frame Type Set IP Filtering d Pree 100 2 Touse the DNS server touch YES DNS Setting cancer lence Setting If the DNS server is not to be used i T No touch NO wo If YES is selected specify Hostname J settings for Host Name i Domain Name and DNS Server Address 3 Touch Enter Host Name 1 In the DNS Setting screen touch Host Name 2 Type in the host name of this Host Name machine and then touch Enter Lm BES JWI RW WO O Le wH WAEN m J bizhub 362 282 222 Setup Domain Name 1 In the DNS Setting screen touch Domain Name 2 Type in the domain name of the DNS server and then touch Enter
79. necessary Menu settings If the optional fax kit has been installed specify the FAX Menu settings For details refer to Specifying additional functions on page 6 13 7 Press the Start key 53 A ANS Standard EEE Super Fine fa TexuPhoe GER Super GSR Job List Fros Y 100 SCANReady Fine search Pa Setting 1 Om 2in1 2 Sided TX The Job List Mee 7100 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to SMB 6 Searching for a one touch dial button To find a one touch dial button the name of a destination registered with the button can be searched for 1 Position the document to be scanned 2 Press the Fax Scan key Fax Scan GIA 3 Touch Search 4 Type in the destination name and then touch Search i CLs A screen appears containing the fe Q W E RI TIW WO o P one touch dial buttons programmed AS DHOWO kL with a destination that begins with AWM BW MLL the entered name OW Pree 100 5 Touch the desired one touch dial SCANReady Fine button You can specify multiple destinations for simultaneous transmission with the same one touch dial button Up to 300 destinations can be specified at a time Pree 100 bizhub 362 282 222 6 7 Scan to SMB 6 Specify the Quality amp Reduction settings for the original document to be sent For details refer to Specifying the scanning quality and zoom ratio
80. network The same port cannot be used by multiple processes Proxy Server A server that is installed to act as an intermediary connection be tween each client and different servers to effectively ensure security over the entire system for Internet connections 13 10 bizhub 362 282 222 Appendix 13 Term Definition RAW port number The TCP port number used when the RAW protocol is selected for Windows TCP printing Usually set to 9100 Resolution Displays the ability to reproduce the details of images and print mat ter correctly Preview A function that allows you to view an image before processing a print or scan job Property Attribute information When using a printer driver various functions can be specified in the file properties In the file properties you can check the attribute information of the file Protocol The rules that allow computers to communicate with other comput ers or peripheral devices Scanning With the scanning operation of the scanner an image is read while the row of image sensors is gradually moved The direction that the image sensors are moved is called the main scanning direction and the direction in which the image sensors are arranged is called the sub scanning direction Screen Frequency Indicates the density of dots used to create the image Single Page TIFF A single TIFF file that contains only a single page SMB Abbreviation
81. one touch dial button Up to 300 destinations can be specified at a time 5 Specify the Quality amp Reduction SCANReady Fine settings for the original document to S ch osma ae omen soaren essa Pes For details refer to Specifying p AE SEE the scanning quality and zoom A Standard dard Fi Super Fi ratio on page 5 9 7 a 00x 400 200x200 400x400 Text Photo GSR Super GSR Moe 100 6 Specify the necessary Menu SCANReady Fine PERNAS one touch Searen J ust resans If the optional fax kit has been Setting1 Setting2 installed specify the FAX Menu ia F only eae Ai For details refer to Specifying P additional functions on m E Oe page 5 13 2in1 2 Sided TX Job List Mee 7 100 7 Press the Start key 5 4 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to FTP 5 Entering the number of a one touch dial button A one touch dial button is assigned a number as shown in the illustration You can quickly select a destination by specifying the number of a one touch dial button instead the button SCANReady Fine Chain SCANReady Fine chain One Touch Search faces Menu One Touch asse Menu GA T Ea Fros 100 Job List Memory100 Index 1 Index 36 1 Position the document to be scanned 2 Press the Fax Scan key Fax Scan UA 3 Press the key on the control panel bizhub 362 282 222 5 5 Scan to FTP
82. page 2 Sided TX Select whether to perform double sided transmission You can spec ify the position of the binding margin and the document orientation Setting 2 Priority TX Select whether a job is given priority over others Set 2 Timer TX Select whether to set the send time Specifies the send time when Setting ON is selected Stamp Specify whether the document is stamped to indicate that it has been scanned The document must be loaded into the ADF Note To use the Stamp function optional stamp unit must be installed Network File Name Enter when a set file name is to be specified as the file name when Net saving the file Up to 16 characters can be entered E Mail Noti Specify whether to have an e mail message sent to a specified one fication touch destination to notify you when the transmission is complete Changes to if the optional fax kit has been installed bizhub 362 282 222 5 13 Scan to FTP Specifying the transmission report printing conditions You can specify the conditions for printing a transmission report TX Report The printing conditions for a transmission report are preset with the Report Settings parameters from the Administrator Management screen Select the appropriate printing condition Settings can be specified for the following Item Description Default Displays the printing conditions specified in the Administrator Management screen ON
83. registered 3 Touch One Touch then Sub sn 014 Cancel Enter Address Registration Tokyo 5 Delete One Touch Copy P Registration NO Switch Sub Main Addresses Pree 100 4 Select the communication mode for the secondary destination Com Mode _ If mode 476 of the software f switch settings was changed only communication modes that can be selected appear For details refer to Specifying C scanner _ software switch settings a machine functions on page 10 28 5 Enter the secondary destination ee information and then touch Enter Regiswation Bocstination Bitcae 1 Evoa 2 Communication Mode _ E Mail Destination preat 100 6 Touch Enter until the initial screen appears bizhub 362 282 222 7 39 7 Internet faxing 7 40 bizhub 362 282 222 8 Using an LDAP server Using an LDAP server 8 BE 8 8 1 Using an LDAP server Searching the destination information from the server You can search a destination from the LDAP server To use the LDAP search function set LDAP Search in the LDAP Setting screen displayed from the Network Setting screen to Yes in advance to enable LDAP searches and register the information of the LDAP server to be connected For details refer to Specifying the network settings on page 3 4 To register the LDAP server refer to LDAP Setting on page 3 44 amp eee
84. server Up to 64 characters can be entered Search Base Specify the location on the LDAP server where searches are to be started Up to 255 alphanumeric characters can be entered excluding A Authentication Setting Specify the authentication settings General Settings Select the LDAP authentication method Login name Enter if General Settings is set to Anonymous Up to 64 alphanumeric characters can be entered excluding Password Enter if General Settings is set to Anonymous Up to 32 alphanumeric characters can be entered excluding Domain Name Enter if General Settings is set to GSS SPNE GO Up to 64 alphanumeric characters can be entered exclud ing Maximum number of search Specify the maximum number of hits to be received in an LDAP search between 5 and 100 Connection time out Specify a search timeout between 5 and 300 seconds SSL TLS Select whether to perform encryption of the send data using SSL TLS Port Number Enter a number between 1 and 65535 for the port used to com municate with the LDAP server Initialize Setting Clears all of the settings that were entered After the settings are cleared check the message and then touch Enter Check Connection Check the connection to the LDAP server using the entered settings bizhub 362 282 222 3 45 Setup To specify the LDAP server settings 1 In the Network Setting screen touch LD
85. specify the density settings 1 Touch Quality amp Reduction SCANReady Fine One Touch ea Past apren 2 Touch Density and then touch the ENEY Fine desired density setting m q E Ap Light Std Dark Job List Pree 100 4 16 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to E Mail 4 Original Size Set You can specify the scan area as a standard size A portion of a large original document as well as a non standard sized document can be sent in a standard size 1 Touch Quality amp Reduction SCANReady Fine 1 2 Pree 100 Touch Reduction Area and then SCANReady Fine touch Original Size Set oTe Search sexe L Menu The Zoom parameter has no Barsoom Ff effect even if settings have been specified Auto Zoom Bisect Job List Select a scan area size and then touch Enter Touch Auto Detect to automatically select the size closest to the size of the original document However Letter size is selected for documents smaller than Letter size Touch Metric to specify metric size Mesa 100 bizhub 362 282 222 4 17 4 Scan to E Mail 4 4 Specifying additional functions You can add the following functions by pressing the Fax Scan key on the control panel then touching Menu on the screen that appears Note If the optional fax kit has been installed Menu changes to Fax Menu amp Note The following functions have no effect even i
86. tab 2 Click FAX Program Registration 3 From the Index list click the index that contains the fax program that is to be deleted The one touch dial destinations saved in the selected index appear at the bottom of the page Fle Edt wew Fawentes Toos Hep GF Ready to Scan EG Ready to Print Admaniatratos Password Lovin cae ae R Index 1 3 O sa am O ga sm NAGOYA FUKUOKA O amw AX Dolata bizhub 362 282 222 9 39 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 4 Select the check box of the fax program to be deleted Fie Edt wew Paventes fool Hep OEA Realy o Scan EB Ready w Print Admaniatratos Password Cu A C ga mm O Ga amm NAGOYA FUKUOKA DO 6 anor FAX Doleta 5 Click Delete 9 40 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 5 Domain Name Registration User mode When entering an e mail address from this machine s control panel the destination address can be entered quickly if domain names that are often entered have been registered in advance On this machine s control panel a registered domain name can be selected after touching Domain in the displayed screen Up to 6 domain names can be registered To register domain names 1 Click the Scan tab If the optional fax kit has been installed click the Fax Scan tab 2 Click Domain Name Registration 3 Enter the domain nam
87. the Quality amp Reduction settings for the original document to be sent For details refer to Specifying the scanning quality and zoom ratio on page 7 12 Specify the necessary Menu settings If the optional fax kit has been installed specify the FAX Menu settings For details refer to Specifying additional functions on page 7 16 Press the Start key SCANReady Fine Density Arca ag Ag AJE 00x Standard EE Super Fine Al 0x 400 200x200 400x400 Text Photo GSR Super GSR Mee 7 Y 100 SCANReady Fine a 2 Sided TX Job List Fros 2 Y100 bizhub 362 282 222 Internet faxing 7 Specifying chain dialing If the destination address is longer than 64 characters the address can be specified by combining addresses registered to one touch dial buttons and an entered address Touch Chain and then select one touch dial buttons or enter an address Q Detail Chain dialing can only be used with Baseline one destination per transmission mm Search Taan E With chain dialing the address can Detail J Delete _ contain up to 192 digits 64 characters Q W E R Woe from a one touch dial button 64 ASD M characters from a one touch dial RGEC button 64 characters from an entered e Apna cape a aun address Meme 100 The one touch dial buttons to be used with chain dialing must be programmed in advance bi
88. the card Memory Storage device for storing data temporally When the power is turned off the data may or may not be erased NetBEUI Abbreviation for NetBIOS Extended User Interface A network proto col developed by IBM By simply specifying the computer name you can build a small scale network bizhub 362 282 222 13 9 13 Appendix Term Definition NetWare Network operating system developed by Novell NetWare IPX SPX is used as the communication protocol MH Abbreviation for Modified Huffman A data compression encoding method for fax transmissions Documents containing mostly text are compressed to about 1 10 their original size MIB Abbreviation for Management Information Base In a TCP IP trans mission this uses SNMP to define the management information for mat for a group of network devices There are two formats the manufacturer specific private MIB and the standardized MIB MMR Abbreviation for Modified Modified Read A data compression en coding method for fax transmissions Documents containing mostly text are compressed to about 1 20 their original size NTLM Abbreviation for NT LAN Manager User authentication method used by Windows NT or later With the MD4 and MD5 encoding methods passwords are encoded NTP Abbreviation for Network Time Protocol The protocol for correctly adjusting the computer s internal clock over the network In a
89. the device Using a Web browser on a computer connected to the network machine settings can be specified from PageScope Web Connection 9 6 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 Accessing PageScope Web Connection PageScope Web Connection can be accessed directly from a Web browser Do not use a proxy server when accessing from PageScope Web Connection Start the Web browser 2 In the Address bar type the IP address of this machine and then press the Enter key http lt IP_address_of_the_machine gt Example If the IP address of the machine is 192 168 1 20 http 192 168 1 20 Q Detail When SSL TLS is enabled the URL becomes Attos lt IP_adadress_of_machine gt Even if http is entered the URL at https is automatically accessed bizhub 362 282 222 9 7 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection If user authentication settings have been applied If user authentication or external server authentication settings have been applied the following page appears Type in the user name and password and then click Log in XQ Note For details on user authentication refer to User manual Copy Operations Contact the network administrator for a user name and password When logged on with user authentication a timeout occurs and you will automatically be logged off from Administrator mode if no operation is performed for 10 minutes
90. the specified settings return to their defaults Quality You can select the scan resolution amount of details Select from the following resolution settings according to the type of document being scanned Item Description Standard For documents containing plain text such as handwriting Fine For documents containing small print such as newspapers or Super Fine detailed illustrations 600 dpi Text Text Photo For documents containing both text and images with color 600 dpi Text amp Photo shades such as photos GSR For documents containing color shades such as photos Super GSR 600 dpi Photo Detail f data is sent using the Text Photo setting moir patterns may appear in some photos To reduce the appearance of moir patterns send the data using the GSR or Super GSR setting When a high resolution is selected to send a clearer image the size of the attached image data may exceed the size limitations of the provider or server being used Before sending the data check the transmission capacity 7 12 bizhub 362 282 222 Internet faxing To specify the scanning quality 1 Touch Quality amp Reduction SCANReady Fine One Touch Search Tapase eiza Menu s Omes Job List 2 Touch Quality and then touch the ENSE desired quality setting One Touch fisce Peuues Menu To select a higher resolution density Rese touch 600dpi n ie alee l E fa a 10x 200 400x400 Text Photo
91. 0 32 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying management settings 10 Specifying settings for address input and broadcast transmissions mode 018 Select whether or not recipients can be specified by directly entering their address and select whether or not broadcast transmissions are permitted Factory settings Bit 7654 3210 Settings 0000 0001 HEX 01 Specifying settings The shaded cells represent the factory settings The page numbers on the right refer to the descriptions of the corresponding functions Bit Description Setting Description Page Reference 7 6 5 4 0000 Do not change these bits when specifying set tings for this function 3 Specifies whether or nota 0 Permitted destination can be speci fied by directly entering its 1 Prohibited address 2 Specifies whether or not 0 Permitted broadcast transmissions T are permitted 1 Prohibited 1 0 amim 01 Do not change these bits when specifying set tings for this function 4 the settings can only be specified in Administrator mode Prohibited when bit 6 of software switch setting mode 477 is set so that bizhub 362 282 222 10 33 Specifying management settings Specifying settings for the image in the results report mode 023 Specify whether or not an image of the transmitted document is added to the results report
92. 1 In the Network Setting screen touch Scanner Settings 2 Touch RX Doc Header Print Scanner Settings Activity Report N RX Doc Header Print OFF E Mail Header Text Fixed Text Gateway TX estrict Subject Registration o e Divide Settings Froe 100 3 Select ON or OFF and then Select ON or OFF for Header Print on Internet FAX RX touch Enter Utility Counter 3 38 bizhub 362 282 222 Setup ie E Mail Header Text 1 In the Network Setting screen touch Scanner Settings 2 Touch E Mail Header Text 3 Select the text insertion method and then touch Enter Scanner Settings Activity Report ON RX Doc Header Print OFF E Mail Header Text Fixed Text Gateway TX estrict Subject Registration Divide Settings Froe 100 Select Text for E Mail header sheet Utility Counter Insert TX Document Fixed Text Custom Text Pree 100 bizhub 362 282 222 3 39 Setup Gateway TX 1 In the Network Setting screen touch Scanner Settings 2 Touch Gateway TX Scanner Settings Activity Report ON RX Doc Header Print OFF E Mail Header Text Fixed Text Gateway TX estrict Subject Registration Divide Settings Pree 100 3 Select whether to allow or restrict Gateway TX can be changed gateway transmissions and then Utility Counter touch Enter Gateway TX Cancel
93. 1 On an input screen touch Domain SCANReady No of Dest 1 one Touenf Search piece menu Add Delete CUWERMMVUOP ASDA SW YK WEN internet FAX 0878 40e Alpha _ Caps Tiyas 2 Touch the key where the domain SCANReady Fine No of Dest 1 name to be entered tosteex 2 c0 DE Search Touch Alpha to return to the text aaa Delete input screen lt co jp ap Merss 100 3 54 bizhub 362 282 222 Setup 3 15 Checking the network connection Ping By sending a ping you can check whether the network LAN is properly connected The connection to an SMTP server POPS server or any server with a specified IP address can be checked To check the network connection 1 Enter Administrator mode and then touch Admin 2 2 Touch Ping 3 Select the connected server If Ping IP Address is selected enter the IP address of the appropriate server 4 Press the Start key Pinging is performed 5 Check the results and then touch Enter Administrator Management 2 Ping Setting _ Delete Job Memory Management 4 Select the address and press START SMTP Server Address 192 168 100 110 POP3 Server Address 192 168 100 110 Ping IP Address e meme 100 Ping nl E a Reply from 192 168 100 110 0K Reply from 192 168 100 110 0K Reply from 192 168 100 110 0K Reply from 192 168 100 110 0K
94. 14 15 Tokyo JPN INDEX No DESTINATION NAME COM MODE DESTINATION INFORMATION JPN 000 PC1 FTP 192 168 100 0 JPN 001 Osaka InternetFAX osaka xyz co jp JPN 002 Nagoya InternetFAX nagoya xyz co jp 3 No Item Description 1 Transmission source informa Shows the name and number of the transmission tion TSI source 2 Report output date and time Shows the date and time that the report was printed 3 Communication mode Shows the registered transmission mode The follow ing may appear Internet fax Internet FAX PC e mail PC E MAIL FTP FTP SMB SMB HDD HDD IP TX IP address faxing PC SCANNER Scan to PC IP RELAY IP relay XQ Note HDD appears if the optional hard disk drive is installed IP TX PC SCANNER and P RE LAY appear if the optional scanner unit is installed 11 10 bizhub 362 282 222 Reports and lists 11 11 4 Printing the mail program list You can print the list of mail programs registered with one touch dial buttons To print the mail program list 1 Press the Utility Counter key Utility Counter A 3 Touch Mail Program List DRaa f the optional fax kit has been Utility Counter installed touch Program List Print List The mail program list is printed 2 Touch Reports TX Report RX Report One Touch List Mail Program List bizhub 362 282 222 11 11 11 Reports
95. 31 FAX Program Registration User mode ccccsssseeeeeessseeeteeeees 9 33 Registering fax Prograrms csccccceseecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 9 36 Changing the settings of the fax Program eeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 9 38 Deleting a fax PrOQraim eesceeeeseeeeeseeeeeseeeeenneeeeseeeeeneeeeseneeeenees 9 39 bizhub 362 282 222 Contents 7 9 5 Domain Name Registration User mode ccsseseeeessseeeeteeeeees 9 41 To register domain NAMES cccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeees 9 41 9 6 Export Import Administrator mode ecesseeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeees 9 42 Exporting data as filesi a eaa aa aaa aa aaraa aa aa SpA 9 43 WMPOMING TICS E E TETEE 9 45 9 7 TSI Registr tioi sssesosriassdieaeoscioenon enana na paneas cont Sates cee eandad Jenneeceeedeceece 9 48 To register tranSMiSSION SOUFCES ssseeseeerreeeresrrrsrrrrerirsrrnnsrenee 9 48 9 8 TX Settings Administrator MOde cccssseeeeesssseeeeeessseeeeeeeeeees 9 49 Specifying the transmission settings eeeeeeseeeeesreeeeeeeeeeneeeees 9 50 Com Mode sike eeren aaae nll needa 9 51 9 9 RX Settings Administrator mode sssssunnnennnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 9 52 Specifying the reception settings esesseeereeerrererrrerrrerrreerrrsrnnse 9 53 9 10 Scan Setting Administrator mode ssssssssssunnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 9 54 Specifying the scan SettINGS ce eeeeeeee
96. 47 To change the index name refer to Naming an index on page 4 39 Selecting a one touch button A one touch dial button can be selected in any of the following ways Use the appropriate method according to the number of recipients and the desired use e Directly touching the one touch dial button e Entering the number of the one touch dial button e Specifying chain dialing Specifying a destination by touching a one touch dial button Position the document to be scanned mah RAD 2 Press the Fax Scan key Fax Scan By A 3 Touch One Touch bizhub 362 282 222 7 3 Internet faxing 4 Select the index containing the SCANReady desired destination and then touch the one touch dial button Fine To select an index touch the corresponding tab or touch or to select a different one You can specify multiple destinations for one transmission with the same one touch dial Job List Fres 100 button Up to 300 destinations can be specified at a time 5 Specify the Quality amp Reduction SCANReady Fine settings for the original document to S S h Quality amp peer Fears Er GE a For details refer to Specifying AZ AF AE the scanning quality and zoom Sitar Fine ratio on page 7 12 A 0x40 B A Text Photo GSR Super GSR Job List 6 Specify the necessary Menu SCANReady settings If the optional fax kit has been installed sp
97. 5 Initialize setting 3 45 Internet fax 2 7 7 3 10 37 Interval of Division Transmission 9 54 IP address setting 3 9 3 77 9 64 IPP 9 5 L LAN Connection 3 3 LDAP search 3 44 9 70 LDAP server address 9 77 LDAP server name 3 45 9 77 LDAP server setting 3 44 3 45 9 5 LDAP setting 3 44 9 5 9 70 Login name 9 77 Machine name 3 78 9 54 Mail Internet FAX 9 5 9 76 Memory lock password 9 52 10 12 10 14 Memory lock time 70 72 Memory RX on off 70 76 Mode 9 34 N NetWare 9 5 NetWare status 9 5 Network board setting 3 9 3 74 Network error list 72 4 Network settings 3 4 70 4 13 14 bizhub 362 282 222 Appendix 13 AO O One touch 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 One touch key registration 5 24 9 3 9 4 9 14 One touch number 5 5 6 5 Operating environment 9 6 Other settings 9 5 9 76 9 78 P Page division 3 36 3 42 PageScope Web Connection 2 8 9 3 Passive mode setting 9 17 Password 6 25 9 17 9 20 9 71 Ping 3 55 10 4 POP3 password 3 25 3 28 9 76 POP3 server address 3 25 9 76 POP3 Settings 3 25 9 5 9 76 POP3 Timeout 9 76 POP3 user name 3 25 3 27 9 76 Port 9 4 Port number 3 45 9 17 9 71 9 76 9 77 9 84 Priority density 9 49 Priority quality 9 49 Priority TX 4 18 4 24 5 13 6 13 7 16 9 34 Program name 9 34 Proxy IP address 9 84 Proxy server 5 24 9 17 Quality 4 74 5 9 6 9 7 12 9 34 Quality mode 70 8 R i RAW port number 9 64 Receiving Internet faxes 7 37
98. 6 Specify whether or not user names and passwords registered with user authentication are used to log on to the LDAP server Factory settings Bit 7654 3210 Setting 0000 0000 HEX 00 Specifying settings The shaded cells indicate the settings selected during production Bit Description Setting Description Page Refer ence 7 Specifies whether or not the 0 Not used for logon i _ user name password used for external server authenti 1 Used for logon cation is used to log on to the LDAP server 6 5 4 3 547z 0000000 Do not change these bits 2 1 0 when specifying settings for this function Q Detail The information for the LDAP server to be connected to must be registered in order to use the LDAP server In addition when LDAP and user authentication are synchronized select Active Directory as the user authentication method Select GSS SPNEGO as the LDAP authentication method For details on the user authentication method refer to the User manual Copy Operationsj For details on the LDAP authentication method refer to LDAP Setting on page 3 44 or LDAP Administrator mode on page 9 70 10 50 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying management settings 10 Specifying whether to enable access locks and whether to enable the password rules mode 469 Specify whether to lock access if the password is entered incorrectly
99. 67 You can specify the time until a timeout of the DNS server connection occurs Factory settings Bit 7654 3210 Setting 0010 0000 HEX 20 Specifying settings The shaded cells represent the factory settings The page numbers on the right refer to the descriptions of the corresponding functions Bit Description Setting Description Page Refer ence 7 6 5 4 Specifies the time until a 00001 20 seconds n 3 timeout of the DNS server connection occurs 00010 40 seconds 00011 80 seconds 00100 160 seconds 10101 320 seconds 00110 640 seconds Other Do not specify other set tings than the above 2 1 0 wewnneennnnnnnneencenconnnnen 000 Do not change these bits when specifying settings for this function bizhub 362 282 222 10 43 10 Specifying management settings Including the scan transmission log in the activity report mode 368 Specify whether or not the transmission log is included in the activity report Factory settings Bit 7654 3210 Setting 1100 0010 HEX C2 Specifying settings The shaded cells represent the factory settings The page numbers on the right refer to the descriptions for the corresponding functions Bit Description Setting Description Page Refer ence 7 6 5 4 110000 Do not change these bits 3 2 when specifying settings for this function 1 Spec
100. 82 222 11 3 1 1 Reports and lists To print a transmission report 1 Press the Utility Counter key Utility Counter CR i a ea menean Te The transmission report is printed Utility Counter Print List 2 Touch Reports TX Report RX Report One Touch List Mail Program List 11 4 bizhub 362 282 222 Reports and lists 11 Contents of the report 1 2 P 1 TX REPORT TUE MAR 23 2006 15 00 TOKYO DOCUMENT TX START DATE DURATION DESTINATION MODE PAGES RESULT User Account SIZE 7214316 763 MAR22 20 36 49 ifax xyz co jp PC M 2 EA1004 user01 0 7214316 764 MAR22 21 00 28 Tokyo2 Email 1 OK user01 1 7214316 765 MAR23 9 18 26 PC SMB 1 OK user02 1 7214316 766 MAR23 9 55 48 Osaka FTP ri OK user01 2 7214316 767 MAR23 10 03 50 chiba xyz co jp Email 2 OK user01 2 7214316 768 MAR23 14 00 25 BOX01 HDD 1 OK user03 1 3 4 5 6 7 No Item Description 1 Transmission source informa Shows the name and number of the transmission tion TSI source 2 Report output date and time Shows the date and time that the report was printed 3 Mode Shows the transmission mode used The following may appear PC e mail PC M FTP FTP SMB SMB Internet fax Email Scan to HDD HDD IP TX IP address faxing PC SCANNER Scan to PC IP RELAY IP relay Note HDD appears if the optional hard disk drive is installed IP TX
101. A _12 bita DES _S bita or AANS 123824 ANAS 123824 design 9 88 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 Creating certificates 1 In the Administrator mode click the Network tab For the procedure to log on to Administrator mode refer to Logging on to Administrator mode on page 9 11 2 Click SSL TLS 3 Select Create a Self Signed Certificate and then click Next File Edt View Favorites Tools Help GP Ready to Scan i Ready to Print CestificateEnceyption Setting Create a Self Signed Certificato bizhub 362 282 222 9 89 9 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 4 Specify a setting for each parameter Fle Edt Vew Favortes Toole Help Self Signed Certificate Setting Common Name 192 148 120 Orgensation Organization Uri Locality State Province Country Validity Start Dete 200601 18 12 30 32 Validity Porod day 385 Day 3490 s Encryption Strength 3065 ete O42 DES_s6be or ORC4_12iite DES_S6bils or RCA Wris O DES tnis or RC4_ Anite 5 Click Create The certificate is created 9 90 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection f 9 6 When creation of the certificate is complete click OK Fle Ed Vew Favortes Toole Help Self Signed Crtific ate Switing The certificate haa been created Piense selet OK Certificate Creatio
102. AP Setting 2 Touch LDAP Server Setting 3 Touch the button for the LDAP server to be registered or changed To register a new LDAP server touch a button with no name on it 4 Specify the detailed LDAP server settings Utility Counter LDAP Settin LDAP Search Yes LDAP Server Setting Setting Pree 100 Select the default LDAP server Utility Counter LDAP Server Setting LDAP1 4 4 LDAP Server Setting Server Address et a ee ee Auuemtioavion Anonymous 3 46 bizhub 362 282 222 Setup 3 5 Touch Fwd and then specify the LDAP Server Setting back Enter settings OFF Initialize Check Setting Connection Merete 100 6 Check the settings and then touch Enter bizhub 362 282 222 3 47 Setup Search Default Setting Y Search Default Setting appears when two or more LDAP servers have been registered 1 2 In the Network Setting screen touch LDAP Setting Touch Search Default Setting Utility Counter LDAP Settin LDAP Search Yes LDAP Server Setting Search Defauit Setting Fros 2100 3 Select the primary LDAP server for Select the desired LDAP server performing searches and then touch fijititvcounter Enter Search Default Settin Cancel Enter As LDAP2 Pree 100 3 48 bizhub 362 282 222 Setup 3 3 12 IP Filtering Sele
103. CLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT bizhub 362 282 222 1 7 Introduction INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or derivative of this code cannot be changed i e this code cannot simply be copied and put under another distribution licence including the GNU Public Licence All other product names mentioned are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies Kerberos Copyright 1985 2005 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology All rights reserved permission notice WITHIN THAT CONSTRAINT permission to use copy modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation and that the name of M I T not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without sp
104. Input changes to the FAX Q Detail The following communication modes can be specified for the secondary destination PC E Mail PC Scanner InternetFAX Internet FAX InternetFAX IP Address Fax InternetFAX IP Relay FAX G3 The communication mode can be specitied if the optional scanner unit or fax kit is installed The communication mode can be specitied if the optional fax kit is installed bizhub 362 282 222 7 33 Internet faxing Settings can be specified for the following Item Description One Touch Name Type in the destination name that will appear on the one touch dial button Up to 12 characters can be entered Destination Type in the destination e mail address Up to 64 characters can be entered TX Size Max Specify the maximum document size that can be transmitted Se lect Letter Legal or 11 x 17 TX Quality Max Specify the maximum resolution that can be sent Select 200 dpi 400 dpi or 600 dpi Coding method Select the encoding method for data to be sent Select MH MR or MMR The data capacity is lowest with MMR and highest with MH To program a one touch dial button 1 Press the Utility Counter key 2 Touch User Setting Utility Counter Setting Managemen Counter 357 Admin Total Copy Management Reports Counter Utility Counter O Printer Setting
105. Input User Name and Password to login User Authentication 1 2 3 Touch User Name type in the user name and then touch Enter If user authentication is performed with an external server and a domain other than the default domain name is used as an Active Directory type in the user name as user_name domain_name UserName Password If user authentication is performed with an external server select the domain for performing authentication with Active Directory Touch Password type in the password and then touch Enter Input User Name and Password to login Login assura J User Authentication Touch Login or press the Access key in the control panel The initial screen appears bizhub 362 282 222 3 57 3 Setup If account track settings have been specified Contact the administrator for the track name and password to be used Input Account Name and Password to Login 1 Touch Account Name type in the account number and then touch Enter Account Track AccountName Password Meres 100 2 Touch Password type in the password and then touch Enter Input Account Name and Password to Login Account Track user aswa J mernay 100 3 Press the Access key on the control panel The initial screen appears 3 58 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to E Mail Scan to E Mail 4
106. MTP settings Specifying the subject or text settings eeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 9 82 Specifying other settings eeeeeeeeseeeeeneeeseeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeeeeeeneeeees 9 83 9 19 FTP Configuration Administrator mode sssssssunssennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 9 84 Specifying the FTP settings ccccceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaee 9 85 Contents 8 bizhub 362 282 222 9 20 9 21 9 22 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6 10 7 Specifying the SNMP Setting eeeseeeeseeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeas 9 86 SSL TLS Administrator MOde c ccesesseeeeeeesseeeeeeeeesseeneeeneeenes 9 87 When a certificate is Created cccceeceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeesenaees 9 88 Creating Certificates ec ccsesseseseeceseeeeseeenseseeseseeeeeseseneneneneneses 9 89 Deleting Certificates ceececcceeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeceeeeeseeaeeeeeeseneeeeeeeees 9 92 Specifying the SSL TLS settings 0 00 eeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeees 9 94 User Authentication Administrator mode cssseeseeesseeees 9 96 Specifying user authentication Settings eeseeeesseeeeeseeeeeees 9 97 tll Available parameters ccccsssseecccesseeeeeeeeesseeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeseseeneeeessens 10 3 Administrator Management 1 cccccsceneceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 10 3 Administrator Management 2 ccccesseeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeneeeesneees 10 4 Registering transmission source NaMeS
107. N Pera 400 4 Specify the settings and then touch Enter Select Activity Report setting Utility Counter Activity Report cancel Emer _ wes 100 5 Touch Enter until the initial screen appears bizhub 362 282 222 10 19 1 0 Specifying management settings 10 6 Forwarding a transmission document to a specified destination TX Forwarding In order to control the documents sent from this machine you can specify to have a sent document forwarded to a destination specified by the administrator Q Detail Select the forwarding destination with a one touch dial button Be sure to first register the forwarding destination with a one touch dial button A document that was sent then forwarded cannot be forwarded to the administrator Specifying the forwarding destination 1 Enter Administrator mode and then touch Admin 1 2 Touch Document Management Utility Counter Administrator Management 1 Suki _ Admin Set User Auth 4 TX Settings 4 RX Settings Print Lists SSRitSs__ management 4 Fres 100 3 Touch TX Document Document Management TX Document 7 RX Document _ Pree 100 10 20 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying management settings 1 0 4 Touch TX Forwarding TX Document Foara J 5 Specify the forwarding destination and then touch Enter TX Forwarding T To specify the forwarding des
108. NS Server Addresel DNS Server Address DNS Server Address DNS Query Timeout Enable Enable a setup of mark reboot of Device is needed Apply Clear 9 66 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 A Z If the setting of a parameter marked with is changed turn this machine off then on again XQ Reminder When turning the machine off then on again with the main power switch wait about 10 seconds to turn the machine on after turning it off The machine may not operate correctly if it is turned on immediately after being turned off bizhub 362 282 222 9 67 9 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 15 IP Filtering Select whether or not reception is possible within the range of specified IP addresses Settings can be specified for the following Item Description Accept IP Reception of only the IP addresses in the specified range is permitted Range Reject IP IP addresses in the specified range are blocked Range amp eee Note 0 0 0 0 cannot be included in a specified range For example to specify the range of addresses before 192 168 1 20 specify the range from 0 0 0 1 to 192 168 1 20 9 68 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 To specify IP filtering settings 1 In the Administrator mode click the Scan tab If the optional
109. PDF Encoding method MH MMR Compatible cable Ethernet LAN 100Base TX 10BASE T connection Destination registration Computer e mail address registration Up to 540 bizhub 362 282 222 13 3 13 Appendix Scan to FTP specifications Item Specifications Transmission protocol TCP IP Original document sizes transmitted Letter Ga Qj Legal Ga 11 x 17 a A4 G B4 AS Depending on the setting other sizes can be sent Resolution 200 x 100 dpi 200 x 200 dpi 400 x 400 dpi 600 x 600 dpi Data format Single page TIFF multipage TIFF PDF Encoding method MH MMR Destination registration FTP Server address or host name registration Up to 540 Scan to SMB specifications Item Specifications Transmission protocol TCP IP Original document sizes transmitted Letter Ga Qj Legal Ga 11 x 17 a A4 G7 B4 AS Depending on the setting other sizes can be sent Resolution 200 x 100 dpi 200 x 200 dpi 400 x 400 dpi 600 x 600 dpi Data format Single page TIFF multipage TIFF PDF Encoding method MH MMR Destination registration Destination computer IP address or host name registration Up to 540 13 4 bizhub 362 282 222 Appendix 13 13 2 Entering text This section contains details on using the keyboard that appears in the touch panel for typing in passwords and text to r
110. Prints regardless of the results If TX Fails Prints when the transmission failed OFF Does not print regardless of the results To specify the transmission report printing conditions 1 Touch Menu If the optional fax kit has been SCANReady Fine installed tov Ee Ment Kasia En Ga SE 2 Touch Setting 1 then TX Report SCANReady Fine If the optional fax kit has been one touch Search J Parese reses installed touch Set 1 then TX _ setting 4 Report TSI only rx Repor a SE Oo 2in1 2 Sided TX Job List Mee 7 100 5 14 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to FTP 3 Specify the desired printing conditions and then touch Enter Specifying 2in1 transmission 1 Touch Menu 2 Touch Setting 1 then 2in1 If the optional fax kit has been installed touch Set 1 then 2in1 Touch the button again to cancel the setting The button is highlighted SCANReady Fine TX Report Enter _ Single Dest IZ Broadcast ETR Fails ON If TX Fails OFF Job List Fres 100 If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX Menu SCANReady Fine Setting 1 One Touch Search Parase reses TSI only TSI Ma dg Oa 2 Sided TX CORTINE Mee 7 100 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to FTP Specifying double sided transmission 1 Touch Menu If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX Me
111. RX setting 9 52 70 72 Timer TX setting 4 78 4 24 5 73 6 13 7 16 9 35 To search for a one touch key 4 8 5 7 6 7 7 7 Transmission Report 9 62 Transmission source 7 78 9 48 TSI 9 34 9 49 10 7 TSI registration 9 4 70 3 TX Doc text insert 9 78 TX forwarding 70 20 10 35 TX quality max 3 30 3 32 9 18 9 54 TX report 4 78 4 30 5 13 5 22 6 13 6 23 7 16 9 34 9 62 10 17 10 18 11 3 TX settings 9 49 10 3 10 7 TX size max 3 30 3 37 9 18 9 54 TX Internet fax 9 74 9 18 TX PC e mail 9 74 9 15 TX PC FTP server 9 74 9 76 TX PC SMB 9 74 9 79 U User authentication 3 56 9 5 9 96 User name 6 25 9 17 9 20 Windows 9 5 13 16 bizhub 362 282 222
112. Ready Fine Ee Job List Fres 100 3 Touch LDAP Search SCANReady Fine Search Tapert eies Menu Search One LDAP Search Job List Memory 100 4 When multiple LDAP servers are Select LDAP server to search registered select the server to be LDAP Search searched and then touch Enter Pree 100 8 4 bizhub 362 282 222 Using an LDAP server 5 Touch Name To specify detailed search conditions touch Detail Search Input Key Word and press Start Search LDAP Search Basic Search Job List Memory4 00 6 Type in the keyword and then touch Enter 7 Touch Start Search 8 Select the destination To check the search conditions touch Search Condition 9 Enter the destination information and then touch Dest Register 10 Select the transmission method and then touch Enter Select the destination LDAP Search Search Result C aM user01 user01 test local user02 user02 test local user03 user03 test local user04 user04 test local 1 4 Job List mer F 100 SSS SS SS ee Detail Full Name user01 E Mail user01 test local Last Name sanagawa FirstName tarou Department design Company ABC City Fax 00112345678 Job List Pree 100 Select transmission method LDAP Search TX Method InternetFAX Job List Memory g
113. Reduction 9 34 Reply address 4 78 4 27 7 17 7 27 Reply address selection 9 35 Report output settings 9 4 9 62 10 3 10 17 Resending 4 37 5 23 6 24 7 30 Retype password 9 77 9 20 Rotation TX 7 76 9 34 9 49 10 7 RX Doc header 3 35 3 38 9 78 RX Doc settings 9 58 10 22 10 25 RX document 9 4 9 58 10 3 RX report 77 7 RX settings 9 4 9 52 10 3 10 12 Scan area 9 34 Scan mode 9 54 Scan registration 9 3 9 4 Scan to e mail 2 3 4 3 Scan to FTP 2 4 5 3 Scan to HDD 2 6 Scan to SMB 2 5 6 3 Scanner settings 3 35 9 4 9 54 Search base 3 45 Search default setting 3 44 9 70 Search number max 3 45 9 77 Search root 9 77 Security function 70 48 Self domain name 3 9 Server address 3 45 Setting list 77 73 SMTP authentication password 3 19 3 24 9 77 SMTP authentication user name 3 19 3 23 9 77 SMTP reception timeout 9 77 10 40 SMTP server address 3 19 9 77 bizhub 362 282 222 13 15 13 Appendix SMTP settings 3 79 9 5 9 76 9 77 SMTP transmission timeout 9 77 10 39 Software switches 70 4 10 28 SSL TLS settings 3 45 9 5 9 77 9 87 10 4 10 67 Stamp settings 4 78 4 25 5 73 5 19 6 13 6 20 7 16 7 25 9 35 Start time 9 52 Stop time 9 52 Subject 4 26 9 78 Subject Registration 3 35 3 47 Subject selection 4 78 7 77 9 35 Subject Text 9 5 9 76 9 78 Subnet mask 3 9 3 12 9 64 T TCP IP 9 5 9 64 Text 9 78 TIFF multiple single 6 25 Timer
114. Scan to SMB 6 13 Check the information to be registered oien it NEW YORK Dest Mode1 Mode2 9ne Ration Name NEW YORK Communication mode SMB Destination 192 168 1 30 Peso 100 14 To specify the file type of the file to be saved and the encoding method touch Mode 1 15 Select the file format and encoding method and then touch Enter Select the desired file type and coding method for scan to e mail Utility Counter Scanning Mode Cancei fener_ File e Etding Method E Ce PDF Single 16 Touch Enter until the initial screen appears bizhub 362 282 222 6 29 Scan to SMB Changing or deleting a one touch dial button 1 2 Perform steps 1 through 4 of the procedure in To program a one touch dial button Touch the one touch dial button to be changed or deleted aT If the specified one touch dial Celu us button is programmed as an administrator forwarding destination the screen for entering the administrator number appears 5 a x m D a Touch the button for the information 9re 014 to be changed and then make the change To delete the information touch Remote Dest NEW YORK Delete ihation Name Communication mode SMB Destination 192 168 1 30 Memory 100 Free Check the information to be registered and then touch En
115. Scope Web Connection 9 Com Mode Select whether or not each communication mode can be used 1 In the Administrator mode click the Scan tab If the optional fax kit has been installed click the Fax Scan tab 2 Click TX Settings 3 Click Com Mode 4 Specify a setting for each parameter and then click Apply If mode 476 of the software switch settings was changed only communication modes that can be selected appear For details refer to Specifying software switch settings machine functions on page 10 28 File Edt View favores Took Heb Ga Realy to Scan i Ready m Print Com Mode TX PCE mal Enable TC POFTP Served Enable Ti Intenet AX Enable TXPOSME Enable XQ Note The communication modes that can be set differ depending on the options that are installed bizhub 362 282 222 9 51 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection RX Settings Administrator mode Specify the time and day for printing an Internet fax that is received while the machine is in the off mode mode where printing is not immediate even when a fax is received By regulating the time when printing is performed Internet faxes transmitted late at night can be safely received Settings can be specified for the following Item Description Timer Specify whether or not received Internet faxes are printed at a specified time instead of being printed immediately
116. Setting of RX Doc screen 10 22 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying management settings 1 0 To specify the processing method for received documents 1 Enter Administrator mode and then touch Admin 1 2 Touch Document Management Utility Counter Administrator Management 1 Sekt _ Admin Set User Auth 4 TX Settings RX Settings Print Lists Pree 100 3 Touch RX Document Document Management Pe 100 4 Touch Port SNSEPoceument ManaAT DS TATENA general documents Utility Counter RX Document All Other Documents 4 Pree 100 Document ame ement Port Forward Print 5 Touch Network Z e bizhub 362 282 222 10 23 10 Specifying management settings Select whether to enable document Document Management If YES is selected in the YES NO Document Management screen mra specify the processing method pot uwor for received documents RX Doc Settings __ Print amp Forward _ Forwarding Dest 001 Memery 400 Specify the processing method for received documents Select processing of Received Doc Document Management Touch RX Doc Settings select setting of RX Doc the processing method and then touch Enter ES Forward 4 ESR Specify the forwarding destination if Forward is selected in the Setting of RX
117. Shows the transmission result Any of the following may ap pear OK The transmission was completed successfully INTERR The transmission was interrupted F MEM The memory capacity was exceeded NG The transmission failed PT DEL The transmission to some destinations failed Error code For details refer to Network error list on page 12 4 Transmission image Shows a part of the sent image Resending You can resend up to 20 failed transmissions Touch Job List then Type and then select the document that could not be sent If Retry and Change Destination appear in the screen the document does not need to be scanned again To send to the same destination touch Retry To send to a different destination touch Change Destination 7 30 bizhub 362 282 222 Internet faxing 7 6 Receiving Internet faxes Not only can this machine send Internet faxes it can also receive Internet faxes The methods for receiving Internet faxes are described below Settings for Internet faxing Specify the following settings in advance If the settings are not specified correctly communication malfunctions may occur and Internet faxes may not be properly received e P address of this machine POPS server address POPS user name POP3 password Receiving Internet faxes automatically Internet faxes are sent and received by an e mail server If the above mentioned settings are cor
118. T OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young eay crypt Soft com This product includes software written by Tim Hudson tjh cryptsoft com bizhub 362 282 222 Introduction 1 Original SSLeay License Copyright 1995 1998 Eric Young eay cryptsoft com All rights reserved This package is an SSL implementation written by Eric Young eay cryptsoft com The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL This library is free for commercial and non commercial use as long as the following conditions are aheared to The following conditions apply to all code found in this distribution be it the RC4 RSA Ihash DES etc code not just the SSL code The SSL documentation included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms except that the holder is Tim Hudson tjn cryptsoft com Copyright remains Eric Young s and as such any Copyright notices in the code are not to be removed If this package is
119. The essentials of imaging KONICA MINOLTA bizhub 362 282 222 User s Guide Network Scanner Operations Contents 1 Introduction N 1 1 Energy Star sicc2icscciascccccnesteessciadtasecncenccsseccnisecedescidnsnenentseeeceueneanenkecs 1 4 What is an ENERGY STAR Product ccccsceceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 4 1 2 Trademarks and registered trademarkKs cccsssseeeeesseseeteeeees 1 5 EICOMSSINTOMMANON se ccesscs seateareadisdeessacesseesacets coe deacnesneswersbeousten sens 1 5 OpenSSL Statement ccececceceseceeeseeeeeseeeeeseeeeseeeeneseeeeeeeeeeeesenees 1 6 KGL COS eisirean aianei erae Gscveseecaatelehacuadcereetianszes 1 8 1 3 About this Mantlaliiccciccssccccccscsececcccecvvcessteteveetancetietecssuenctveizenistecsceizs 1 9 Structure of the manual ccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseceeeeeeseneeees 1 9 Notations inanasan ie Rie edhe 1 10 Images that are used ceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeees 1 10 14 User anual S vz cis soccccs sci cacccenescicccce ss decceciecseccccecetenesctecinctesdctneteccceecs 1 11 User manual Copy Operations eeeeeeseeeeseeeeeneeeeeneeenees 1 11 User manual Network Scanner Operations this manual 1 11 User manual Box Operations User manual Print Operations User manual Advanced Scan Operations 2 ccceeeseeeeeeees 1 11 User manual Facsimile Operations sseceeeeeesese
120. Transmission Image Prints a part of the sent image Resending You can resend up to 20 failed transmissions Touch Job List then Type and then select the document that could not be sent If Retry and Change Destination appear in the screen the document does not need to be scanned again To send to the same destination touch Retry To send to a different destination touch Change Destination bizhub 362 282 222 4 31 Scan to E Mail Registering destinations Programming a one touch dial button By registering a destination with a one touch dial button transmissions can be performed easily and accurately You can register two types of destinations with a one touch dial button a main destination and a secondary destination where the data is sent if transmission to the main destination fails XQ Note A secondary recipient can be specified if the optional scanner unit or fax kit is installed If the Restrict One Touch Editing parameter on the Administrator Set screen displayed trom the Administrator Management screen is set to ON E Mail Input is added to the Administrator Management 7 screen and can be used to register change and delete one touch dial buttons For details on the Administrator Set screen refer to the User manual Copy Operations f the optional fax kit has been installed the E Mail Input changes to the FAX Q Detail The following co
121. User Authentication 3 Select the server type used for authentication and specify a setting for each parameter file Cdt Yew Favores Took Hep p User Authentication Configuration tramp em a oso sums e DomaSeting CT mtn Domam Name2 Doman Named Domain Name Domain Names Domain Nama Domain Nameg Doman Name Domain Nemel0 O NTM Doman Name NDS Tree Namo Context Name Apply Clear 4 click Apply bizhub 362 282 222 9 97 9 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 98 bizhub 362 282 222 1 0 Specifying management settings Specifying management settings 10 aa Specifying management settings 10 10 1 Available parameters The following Administrator Management parameters are related to the information in this manual Administrator Management 1 Item Description Initial Setting TSI Prints the entered text such as the name fax Registration number and address at the top of the output page when sending an Internet fax Registers this transmission source name TX Settings Specifies the default settings for transmission RX Settings Specifies the time and day of the week to print when receiving an Internet fax Report Settings Specifies the output conditions of the result reports and communication control reports Document TX Document When sending documents from this machine Management they can sim
122. Utility Counter TX Time Information Inthe TX Time Information screen select the print position of the transmission source 1 ide Bod ez Jor Memory 100 Inthe TSI Selection screen Select TSI select the transmission source Utility Counter name to be printed TSI Selection S Sa LL 1 Tokyo C2 Tokyo JPN test test local L Co Z DA Merz7sz 100 10 10 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying management settings 1 0 Inthe Rotation TX screen select whether to enable rotation transmission TX Rotaion setting can be set Utility Counter Rotation TX ON Inthe 2 Sided TX screen select Eeey r whether to enable duplex UtilityCounter transmission If ON is selected z 5 PPE a 2 Sided TX specify the binding position 2 Sided TX O OFF Original Bind Direction Top Bind Auto 5 Touch Enter Communication Menu Enter ON 2 Sided TX Meomery 100 6 Touch Enter until the initial screen appears bizhub 362 282 222 10 11 1 0 Specifying management settings 10 4 Specifying the print timing for received documents RX Settings The time and day of the week to print an Internet fax that was received can be specified when the Off mode has been specified setting that does not print right after the fax is received By regulating the time when printing is performed Internet faxes transmitted late at night
123. Web Connection Chapter 10 Specifying management settings Chapter 11 Reports and lists Chapter 12 Scan function troubleshooting Chapter 13 Appendix bizhub 362 282 222 1 9 Introduction Notations Product name Notations in the manual bizhub 362 282 222 This machine 362 282 222 Internal network controller Printer controller Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 Windows NT 4 0 Microsoft Windows 2000 Windows 2000 Microsoft Windows XP Windows XP Microsoft Windows Vista Windows Vista Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Windows Server 2003 Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2008 When the operating systems above are writ ten together Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP Images that are used Generally the touch panel screens and application windows that appear in this manual show that the options have not been installed bizhub 362 282 222 Introduction 1 4 User manuals The following user manuals have been prepared for this machine User manual Copy Operations This manual contains details on basic operations and the operating procedures for the various copy functions e Refer to this user manual for details on operating procedures for copy functions including precautions on installation use turning the machine on off loading paper and troubleshooting operations such as clearing paper misfeeds User manual Network Scanner Operations this m
124. a a na aaa aa aaa a a 6 24 bizhub 362 282 222 Contents 5 6 5 Registering destinations cccssssseccccesseeeeeeeseseeeeeeeesseeeeeeenssseenees 6 25 Programming one touch dial DUttON ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 25 To program a one touch dial DUtton cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 6 26 Changing or deleting a one touch dial button 6 30 Copying a one touch dial button 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 6 31 faxing 7 1 Specifying a destination with a one touch dial button 7 3 Selecting a one touch button 0 eee eeeneeeeeeeeeeeeteeneeeeeaeeeeeneeeeeaees 7 3 Specifying a destination by touching a one touch dial button 7 3 Entering the number of a one touch dial button ceeeeee 7 5 Searching for a one touch dial button ee eee eeeseeeeeneeeeeneeeeeees 7 7 Specifying Chain dialing eeeeeeeeseessneeeeeeeeeesaeeeesneeeeeneeeeeneeeeenes 7 9 7 2 Entering an address 22 222 ceicc ccc cceacis dace cgeadedeeenecetectenceastudciecpexecednecces 7 10 To nter an address iiccccisdccesseaedsccetseccetecsidevsveaeeasatecadedenavsnainivecses 7 10 7 3 Specifying the scanning quality and zoom ratio eeeeeeee 7 12 ELECE APEE T A PETET EA ETE TTA 7 12 To specify the scanning quality cccseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 7 13 DEEE EA atop ses ae eaicitp wane Guiana ied needa To specify a density settings ee e
125. acters can be entered File Type Coding Method Sets the file type and encoding method for saving data You can select from TIFF multiple TIFF single and PDF for the file type Select either MH or MMR as the encoding method for the selected file format The data capacity is lowest with MMR and highest with MH bizhub 362 282 222 6 25 Scan to SMB To program a one touch dial button 1 Press the Utility Counter key 2 Touch User Setting 3 Touch E Mail Input If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX 4 Touch One Touch Utility Counter g Managemen Counter 357 Total Copy faertgamens Reports J szaraz 285 Utility Counter Utility Counter One Touch Index a Mail Program momery 100 6 26 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to SMB 6 5 Touch the one touch dial button to be programmed Touch Enter One Touch E Touch an Index tab or Index L Ind List then the desired one touch Tokyo Osaka Nagoya Fukuok dial button Ifthe machine is set to allow LDAP searches a screen Gi f 2 appears allowing you to permit or prohibit the address registered with the one touch dial button to be found with an LDAP search If LDAP searches are not to be allowed select No 6 Type in the apes ae will Gas reush Next appear on the one touch dial button PE Ce gt bet and t
126. address with this machine s control panel the destination address can be entered quickly when the character string of a domain name that is entered often has been registered On this machine s control panel the domain names can be automatically entered by touching Domain when it appears XQ Note Up to 6 domain names can be registered Registering a domain name 1 Press the Utility Counter key 2 Touch User Setting 3 Touch E Mail Input If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX 4 Touch Domain Name Utility Counter User Total g Managemen Counter 357 Total Copy Management Reports Counter 285 ollser Setting Gheice J input Pee 100 a Er One Touch Index a Mail Program momay 100 3 52 bizhub 362 282 222 Setup 3 5 Touch the button for the domain name to be registered or changed To register a new domain name touch a button with no name on it 6 Type in the domain name and then touch Enter Up to 64 characters can be entered Select key and enter Domain Name Domain Name p S NJ amp o B B C 0 Momesy 100 7 Touch Enter until the initial screen appears bizhub 362 282 222 3 53 3 Setup Using a registered domain name On a screen where Domain appears you can enter the registered characters with a single operation
127. ail Internet FAX Administrator mode Transmission settings for the Scan to E Mail and Internet fax operations can be specified Settings can be specified for the following Item Description POP3 Specify the POPS server for sending Internet faxes SMTP Specify the SMTP server for sending data with the Scan to E Mail operation Subject Text Specify the subject and any text to be used when sending data with the Scan to E Mail or Internet fax operation Other Specify all other related send and receive settings Specify settings for the following POP3 Item Description POPS Server Specify the settings required to receive Internet faxes Address Type in the IP address or host name up to 64 characters For details on the settings to be specified contact the network administrator POP3 User Specify the POP3 user name up to 64 characters of this machine Name For details on the settings to be specified contact the network administrator POPS Pass Specify the POP3 password up to 32 characters of this machine word For details on the settings to be specified contact the network administrator Note The entered password appears as eeee To correct the en tered password clear 9eee and then type in the correct pass word Auto RX Check Select whether to automatically check for received e mail messages Internet fax when connected to the POP3 server Auto RX Check Interval
128. aller than Letter size Touch Metric to specify metric sizes SCANReady Fine Center 1 2 Job List Fros 100 SCANReady Fine Quality One Touch Search el oy Menu i Reduction Area H Auto Zoom Bisot Size Set Memory 100 Free Original Size Setting Letter 11x17 D Auto Detect 5x8 D sxe D Legal Exec D Exec D Job List Mesy 100 5 12 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to FTP 5 5 3 Specifying additional functions You can add the following functions by pressing the Fax Scan key on the control panel then touching Menu on the screen that appears Note If the optional fax kit has been installed Menu changes to Fax Menu amp eee Note The following functions and parameters have no effect even if settings have been specified TSI on the Setting 1 tab Rotation TX on the Setting 1 tab Subject Selection on the Network tab Reply Address on the Network tab Item Description Setting 1 TX Report Select under which conditions the transmission report is to be output Set 1 Default Outputs according to the specifications of the administrator ON Prints regardless of the transmission results If TX Fails Prints only when undeliverable OFF Does not print regardless of the transmission results 2in1 Select whether to send using the 2in1 function printing two pages to fit on one
129. an contain DBEDCGCOOLA up to 12 characters DYOE SPACE JEJEJ Alpha Fros 2100 00 If the optional fax kit has been installed select the transmission FAX P type and then touch Next a Cano Back Next_ J Batch Polling RX Specify the destination Select destination Dest 0 To specify the destination with a Email Prog cancel Back _ Next one touch dial button touch One Touch touch the one touch dial button for the desired destination and then touch Enter To specify the destination with a Memory 100 one touch search touch Search specify the destination and then touch Enter If no destination is to be registered touch No Destination Touch Next 4 44 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to E Mail 10 Touch Transmission Setting E Mail Proaram Iena lan Program Name Center1 A Destination 002 Transmission Setting ETTA 11 Specify the settings to be registered E Mail Program Touch Quality to specify Quality settings for Quality Density Zoom and Original Size Set Touch Menu 1 to specify Fine doce ep settings for TSI TX Report Quality J Density Priority TX Timer TX Setting Auto Zoom Biler 2in1 2 Sided TX Rotation Zem garsa TX and Stamp Mss er 100 Touch Menu 2 to specify the settings for Subject Selection Reply Address Fil
130. and specify whether to apply the password rules Factory settings Bit 7654 3210 Setting 0000 0000 HEX 00 Specifying settings The shaded cells represent the factory settings The page numbers on the right refer to the descriptions of the corresponding functions Bit Description Setting Description Page Refer ence 7 Specify whether to 0 Does not lock access lock access when a password account 1 Locks access track and administra tor passwords is en tered incorrectly three times 65 wet enwnnecnnnnnennnnn 00 Do not change these bits when specifying settings for this function 4 For security specify 0 Do not apply a password whether to apply a rule password rule 1 Apply a password rule 321 0 Aiaia 0000 Do not change these bits when specifying settings for this function ae Note For the Access Lock function refer to User manual Copy Operations f applying a password rule the conditions that are required in the password are described below 8 alohanumeric characters only 8 alohanumeric character for the administrator password and 8 alohanumeric characters or more for the user authentication user password Only passwords with the same characters are not allowed Passwords that do not meet the password rule are not accepted For the password rules refer to User manual Copy Operations
131. and lists Contents of the list PA E MAIL PROGRAM LIST 20050CT30 TUE 19 07 TOKYO PROGRAM NAME PG 1 INDEX TESTO PROGRAM TYPE TX TSI SELECTION 4 TOKYO SUBJECT NONE REPLY E MAIL NONE FILENAME DOCUMENT1 NOTIFY DST NONE IMAGE QUALITY FINE DENSITY oomoo TX STAMP OFF REDUCTION AUTO ZOOM 2in1 OFF ORIG SIZE SET AUTO DETECT ROTAIONTX ON TIMERSET OFF TXREPORT DEFAULT PRIORITY TX OFF DEST INSERT OFF PASSWORD TX OFF QUICK TX ON REMOTE COPY OFF BATCHTIME OFF BATCH INTERVAL OFF DOUBLE SIDED OFF No DESTINATION NAME No DESTINATION NAME No DESTINATION NAME No _ DESTINATION NAME 000 TOKYO 001 OSAKA 002 NAGOYA 003 FUKUOKA 11 12 bizhub 362 282 222 Reports and lists 11 11 5 Checking the function settings Setting List You can print a list of all of the machine functions Only the administrator can print the setting list Printing the setting list 1 Press the Utility Counter key and then enter Administrator mode 2 Touch Admin 1 3 Touch Print Lists 4 Touch Setting List The setting list is printed Utility Counter Administrator Management 1 Setting _ Admin Set User Auth 4 TX Settings RX Settings Print Lists SSRitSs__ Management 4 Pree 100 Print List Setting List bizhub 362 282 222 11 13 11 Reports and lists Contents of the list
132. anual This manual contains details on specifying network functions for standard equipment and on operations for scanning functions e Refer to this user manual for details on operating procedures for network functions and for using the Scan to E Mail Scan to FTP Scan to SMB and Internet fax operations User manual Box Operations This manual contains details on operating procedures for using the Box functions e Refer to this user manual for details on printing a proof copy or a locked job and on functions that use the optional hard disk drive such as routing and saving documents in boxes User manual Print Operations This manual contains details on operating procedures using the standard built in printer controller e For details on the printing functions refer to user manual PDF file on User Software CD ROM User manual Advanced Scan Operations This manual contains details on the operating procedures for the functions that can be used when the optional scanner unit is installed e Refer to this user manual for details on using the IP address faxing IP Relay and Scan to PC operations and on using IP Scanner User manual Facsimile Operations This manual contains details on operating procedures for using the Fax functions e Refer to this user manual for details on operating procedures for the Fax functions when the fax kit is installed bizhub 362 282 222 1 11 Introduction
133. are switch settings machine functions on page 10 28 bizhub 362 282 222 10 25 10 Specifying management settings To specify the processing of received documents 1 2 3 4 5 Enter Administrator mode and then touch Admin 1 Touch Document Management Touch RX Document Touch All Other Documents Specify the processing method for received documents Touch RX Doc Settings select the processing method and then touch Enter Utility Counter Administrator Management 1 Buktks _ Admin Set User Auth 4 TX Settings RX Settings Print Lists Pree 100 Document Management TX Document 4 RX Document p Pasa 100 ment settings be treated 4s Enter 2eocument Manage other documents general documents Utility Counter RX Document All Other Documents 4 Fasa 100 Select processing of Received Doc Document Management Setting of RX Doc Forward Forward j Pree 100 10 26 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying management settings 1 0 6 Specify when Forward is selected in the Setting of RX Doc screen To add anew forwarding 001 8 TOKYO tokyo test destination touch Next B user2 user2 test Destination B user3 user3 test To view the details of the mrk use n Keili d forwarding destinations touch A oes et Forward and then touch Dosi
134. ask O O O oO O Gateway O O O O O Self Domain Name Network Board Set A A A A A DNS Settings YES NO A A A A A Host Name A A A A A Domain Name A A A A A DNS Server Address A A A A A 3 4 bizhub 362 282 222 Setup 3 Operation Scan to Scan to Scan to Scan to Internet Parameter E Mail FTP SMB HDD faxing Machine Name Machine Name Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv SMTP Settings SMTP Server Address O a a a O E Mail Address O a 4 1 a O SMTP Authentication User A a 4 1 a A Name SMTP Authentication A a 4 1 a A Password POPS Settings POPS Server Address O POP3 User Name O POP3 Password O Auto RX Check O Mail Scan Setting E Mail Mode Vv Scan Mode Vv Vv Vv Vv Scanner Settings Activity Report Vv RX Doc Header Print Vv E Mail Header Text Vv Vv Gateway TX Subject Registration Vv Vv Divide Settings Vv i Vv Ping Perform as necessary Frame Type Setting Specify when connected to a NetWare server and printing from a computer LDAP Settings Specify when using the LDAP search function IP Filtering Specify the range of IP addresses that can be accessed and the range that is blocked FTP Configuration Specify in Administrator mode by using PageScope Web Connection Proxy IP Address A Port Number A FTP
135. ately after being turned off 9 80 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 Specifying the SMTP settings 1 In the Administrator mode click the Network tab For the procedure to log on to Administrator mode refer to Logging on to Administrator mode on page 9 11 2 Click E Mail Internet FAX then SMTP 3 Specify a setting for each parameter and then click Apply DER r File Edt View Favorites Tools Help GP Ready w Scan i Ready a Print Log out SMTP Serves Address IP Address Host Name Port Nushber 1 65535 SMTP TX Timeout SMTP RX Timeout EMail Address When changing a setup of mark rehont of Device is needed Aly Ciear 4 Click OK 5 Ifthe setting of a parameter marked with is changed turn this machine off then on again Reminder When turning the machine oft then on again with the main power switch wait about 10 seconds to turn the machine on after turning it off The machine may not operate correctly if it is turned on immediately after being turned off bizhub 362 282 222 9 81 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection Specifying the subject or text settings 1 In the Administrator mode click the Network tab For the procedure to log on to Administrator mode refer to Logging on to Administrator mode on page 9 11 2 Click E Mail Internet FAX then Subje
136. b 362 282 222 Scan to SMB 3 Specify the desired printing conditions and then touch Enter Specifying 2in1 transmission 1 Touch Menu SCANReady Fine TX Report Enter _ Single Dest IZ Broadcast ETR Fails ON If TX Fails OFF Job List Fres 100 If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX Menu 2 Touch Setting 1 then 2in1 If the optional fax kit has been installed touch Set 1 then 2in1 Touch the button again to cancel the setting The button is highlighted SCANReady Fine Setting 1 Setting 2 TSI only tm SE QE Cin 2 sidea 1x GE Pros 2100 bizhub 362 282 222 6 Scan to SMB Specifying double sided transmission 1 Touch Menu If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX Menu 2 Touch Setting 1 then 2 Sided TX ENEY Fine If the optional fax kit has been installed touch Set 1 then 2 Sided TX TSI ont fm 2 2in1 2 Sided TX EY merer100 3 Select the desired binding margin SCANReady Fine Poonam one touch Search pista _ menu Left Bind The document is Setti Network scanned with a binding margin on_ 2 Sided Tx Orr _ Enter _ the left side Original Bind Direction Top Bind The document is scanned with a binding margin at the top Auto The binding margin is set according to the scanning direction O E Left Bind Top Bind
137. been regis tered Specify the required network settings Refer to page 3 4 The LAN cable is broken Replace the LAN cable Other causes Check the communication malfunction under Type in the job list and refer to the error code Refer to page 12 4 Transmission is possible but the image cannot be output on the des tination terminal and computer The destination terminal does not have the ability to process the transmitted image Specify the settings such as the size quality and encoding method supported by the destination terminal and then send the data again Refer to page 3 35 No text was inserted into the transmitted document Depending on the e mail software at tachments cannot be viewed when only the attachment is sent without text Specify the settings to insert text into the document being sent and then send the document again Refer to page 3 35 The transmission cancellation has been specified but it is not canceled Time may be required to can cel an Internet fax Wait until the job is canceled 12 8 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan function troubleshooting Internet fax reception Symptom Cause Action Cannot receive The connection is incorrect Check the hub LED indicator and check the connection status The Auto Receive Check set ting is not specified Specify the time interval to check recep tion automatically Refer t
138. bizhub 362 282 222 10 51 1 0 Specifying management settings Specifying the export file format mode 470 You can specify the file format and default value when exporting registered information for one touch dialing Factory settings Bit 7654 3210 Setting 0000 0000 HEX 00 Specifying settings The shaded cells represent the factory settings The page numbers on the right refer to the descriptions of the corresponding functions Bit Description Setting Description Page Ref erence T Export file format 0 TXT format page 9 42 1 CSV format 6 Default value of export file 0 Mode 1 type 1 Mode 2 5 4 3 2 Aatinen 000000 Do not change these bits 1 0 when specifying settings for this function 10 52 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying management settings 1 0 Specifying settings to limit the use of communication modes 1 mode 475 Specify whether to permit or prohibit the use of individual communication modes Prohibited communication modes do not appear in their selection screens amp Note Programmed one touch dial buttons can be used for transmission even if a prohibited communication mode has been specified If all communication modes are prohibited modes 475 to 477 some screens such as those for specifying transmission settings may not normally be displayed Factory settings Bit 7654 3210 Setting 0000 0000 HEX 00 bizh
139. can GA 3 Press the key on the control panel G A Dz 4 6 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to E Mail 4 4 Usethe keypad to type in the number ESINEEN Fine r of the one touch dial button ono Touen_Searcn 23 The specified one touch dial button is highlighted You can specify multiple destinations for simultaneous transmission with the same one touch dial button Up to 300 destinations can be specified at a time 5 Specify the Quality amp Reduction SCANReady Fine settings for the original document to F amp be sent i For details refer to Specifying Z AF 0x the scanning quality and zoom ratio on page 4 14 A A Text Photo GSR Super GSR Job List Fros 100 6 Specify the necessary Menu SCANReady Fine Songs one touch Search Passis Per If the optional fax kit has been Setting Setting2 installed specify the FAX Menu settings aj iy l ae TX Report For details refer to Specifying 5 a additional functions on z a page 4 18 Mee e100 7 Press the Start key bizhub 362 282 222 4 7 Scan to E Mail Searching for a one touch dial button To find a one touch dial button the name of a destination registered with the button can be searched for 1 2 Position the document to be scanned Press the Fax Scan key Fax Scan By A Touch Search If LDAP Search in the Ne
140. can be safely received Settings can be specified for the following Item Description Memory Lock Time Specify whether or not received Internet faxes are printed at a specified time instead of being printed immediately Specify whether to collect all received Internet faxes during the specified time period on the specified days and print them to gether Specify the days starting time and ending time Memory Lock Password Specify the four digit password used to print Internet faxes re ceived outside of the specified time period Detail For details on entering a password to print received Internet faxes refer to To print manually on page 10 16 Memory Lock Time 1 Enter Administrator mode and then touch Admin 1 2 Touch RX Settings Utility Counter _ Administrator Management 1 Setting j Admin Set TX Settings RX Settings Print Lists SS amp itas _ Management 4 Fres 100 10 12 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying management settings 1 0 3 Touch Memory RX Time Setting RX Settings Mime Setting 4 Momesz 100 4 Touch Memory Lock Time Memory Lock Time Utility Counter Memory Lock Timer Switch i F e A Memory Lock Time Disable Memory Lock Password Mare 100 5 Specify the settings and then touch MATICES Enter Utility Counter If no settings are to be specified Timer Tx Setting touch OFF ve Day sun Me
141. can be specified from PageScope Web Connection When changing settings operations such as typing text can be performed more easily from your computer Settings for the following network and scan functions can be specified PageScope Web Connection provides a User mode which can be accessed by all users and an Administrator mode which can only be accessed with the required administrator password Settings for the following can be specified in each mode Scan tab User mode Item Description One Touch Key Registration Register one touch dial destinations for recipients of data sent using the Scan to E Mail Scan to FTP Scan to SMB or Internet fax operation The registered data can also be changed or deleted In addition the index name can be changed FAX Program Registration Register fax programs as one touch dial destinations Un like the one touch dial destination where only recipients can be registered scan settings and multiple recipients can be registered The registered data can also be changed or deleted Domain Name Registration Register specific characters in advance for quick input such as when entering a domain name Detail When the Restrict One Touch Editing parameter on the Administrator Set screen displayed from the Administrator Management screen is set to ON the Scan 2 tab is added to the Administrator mode page so that one touch dial destinations can be registered changed or deleted
142. ch HEX Selection specify the value by using the keypad and touching A F and then i i 00110000 touch Enter siseecion ERE 10 30 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying management settings 1 0 5 To change the settings for other modes repeat steps 3 and 4 Touch Enter until the initial screen appears 7 Turn the machine off then on again Reminder When turning the machine oft then on again with the main power switch wait about 10 seconds to turn the machine on after turning it off The machine may not operate correctly if it is turned on immediately after being turned off bizhub 362 282 222 10 31 10 Specifying management settings Specifying whether or not the destination name is inserted mode 001 Select whether or not the destination name is inserted as transmission source information Factory settings Bit 7654 3210 Setting 0001 0100 HEX 14 Specifying settings The shaded cells indicate the factory settings The page numbers on the right side refer to the descriptions for the corresponding function Bit Description Setting Description Page Ref erence 7 6 5 000101 Do not change these bits 4 3 2 1 0 when specifying settings for this function 0 Specifies whether or not the 0 The destination name is not destination name is inserted inserted The destination name is in serted 1
143. cified data separated into portions of a specified size Note The binary division function may not be usable de pending on the e mail software used by the recipient bizhub 362 282 222 3 35 Setup In the Divide Settings screen settings can be specified for the following Item Description Page Division Used when performing Scan to E Mail and sending Internet faxes Select whether scanned data is divided into pages when being sent Binary Division Used when performing Scan to E Mail Select whether scanned data is divided into fixed portions when being sent amp eee Note The binary division function may not be usable de pending on the e mail software used by the recipient Binary Division Size When Binary Division is set to ON enter a division size be tween 16 and 2 000 KB 3 36 bizhub 362 282 222 Setup Activity Report 1 In the Network Setting screen touch Scanner Settings 2 Touch Activity Report Scanner Settings ON RX Doc Header Print OFF E Mail Header Text Fixed Text Gateway TX estrict Subject Registration Activity Report Divide Settings Froe 100 3 Select ON or OFF and then Internet FAX RX Activity Report Settings can be programmed touch Enter Utility Counter Activity Report Cancel Enter Pree 100 bizhub 362 282 222 3 37 3 Setup RX Doc Header Print
144. ct Text 3 Specify a setting for each parameter and then click Apply Fle Edt View Favorites Took Help GA Ready t Scan GG Ready o Print Test 4 Click OK 9 82 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 Specifying other settings 1 In the Administrator mode click the Network tab For the procedure to log on to Administrator mode refer to Logging on to Administrator mode on page 9 11 2 Click E Mail Internet FAX then Other 3 Specify a setting for each parameter and then click Apply Fle Edt View Favortes Tools Heip GA Ready t Scan GG Ready o Print Other Settings Activity Report On RX Doc Header Prnt of TX Doc Tex Insert Default Goteway TX Restict v Foy eer 4 Click OK bizhub 362 282 222 9 83 9 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 19 FTP Configuration Administrator mode Detailed FTP proxy server and FTP server settings can be specified Settings can be specified for the following Item Description Proxy IP Ad Type in the IP address or host name up to 64 characters for the proxy server dress For details on the settings to be specified contact the network administrator Port Number Type in the number between 1 and 65535 of the port where the FTP server is connected FTP Server Select whether or not the FTP server is used FTP Connec Select the time until the co
145. ct this setting to output the report only if the trans mission failed Output Off Select this setting to not output the report regardless of the transmission result 2in1 Select whether to send an Internet fax using the 2in1 function printing two pages on one page 2 Sided TX Select whether or not a double sided transmission is performed with the Internet fax operation On Select this setting to perform a double sided transmission When set to On specify the binding margin and page orientation Off Select this setting to not perform a double sided transmission Rotation TX Select whether or not to rotate the scan image according to the pa per orientation of the receiving machine when sending an Internet fax The resolution can be set to 200 dpi or less when sending an A4 size document Priority TX Select whether or not the data is sent with priority over other jobs 9 34 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection Item Description Timer Select whether or not the transmission time is to be set Specify the transmission time when On is selected Stamp Specify whether the scanned document is stamped to indicate that it has been scanned In addition load the document into the ADF Note To use the Stamp function optional stamp unit must be installed Menu 2 Subject Selection Select the subject of the e mail message from the text that ha
146. ct whether or not reception is possible within the range of specified IP addresses As an example this section provides the procedure for specifying the range where access is permitted The range where access is denied is specified in the same way as the range where access is permitted Settings can be specified for the following Item Description Accept Setting mitted Reception of only the IP addresses in the specified range is per Deny Access IP addresses in the specified range are blocked Wax Note 0 0 0 0 cannot be included in a specified range For example to specify the range of addresses before 192 168 1 20 specify the range from 0 0 0 1 to 192 168 7 20 To specify IP filtering settings 1 2 3 In the Network Setting screen touch IP Filtering Touch Accept Setting or Deny Access Touch Enable or Disable Select the IP Filtering Utility Counter IP Filtering Cas Ea O Pree 100 Enter the IP Address range to permit access Utility Counter Setting Cancel Enter_ oisabie _ Fros 2 100 bizhub 362 282 222 3 49 3 Setup 4 Touch 1 of the range 5 Touch Start and then type inthe IP ETAETA address at the beginning of the range To change an entered value touch and to move the cursor to the number to be ae changed touch Delete and gt Detete _ then type in the desired number
147. d on the job list screen and in a report When an error code is displayed troubleshoot the problem as described below Internet fax transmission Scan to E Mail Error code Cause Action E4DXXX Since the SMTP server ad Specify the SMTP server address Refer dress is not specified connec to page 3 19 tion to the e mail server is not possible E5AXXX Since the DNS settings are in Check the DNS settings Refer to correct transmission is not page 3 15 possible E5DXXX Since the e mail address or Check the settings and the destination the destination e mail address e mail address Refer to page 3 19 is not specified or is incorrect transmission is not possible E6FXXX The data is too large to be Even when scanning is complete trans sent mission may not be possible depending on the original document Change the quality to fine or standard and then send the data again E7XXXX SMTP authentication failed Check the SMTP authentication account and password EAXXXX The LAN cable is not connect Check that the LAN cable is properly ed communication to the connected that the SMTP server can SMTP server failed or trans communicate that the network settings mission was attempted to an such as the subnet mask are correct incorrect destination address and that the destination e mail address is correct Refer to page 3 19 EAX212 SMTP authentication is re Enable the SMTP authentication set quested tings Refer to page 3 19 EABXXX POP3
148. ding to the number of recipients and the desired use e Directly touching the one touch dial button e Entering the number of the one touch dial button Specifying a destination by touching a one touch dial button 1 Position the document to be scanned A 2 Press the Fax Scan key After pressing Fax Scan you Fax Scan can specify Priority Screen settings in the User s Choice BIA screen that appears For details O refer to the User manual Copy Operations 3 Touch One Touch bizhub 362 282 222 6 3 6 Scan to SMB 4 Select the index containing the SCANReady Fine desired destination and then touch the one touch dial button To select an index touch the corresponding tab or touch to select a different one To change the index name refer Center Center to To name an index on Fc E page 4 39 Job List Free 100 You can specify multiple destinations for one transmission with the same one touch dial button Up to 300 destinations can be specified at a time 5 Specify the Quality amp Reduction SCANReady Fine settings for the original document to S ch osma ae omen soaren essa Pes For details refer to Specifying p AE SEE the scanning quality and zoom A Standard dard Fi Super Fi ratio on page 6 9 7 a 00x 400 200x200 400x400 Text Photo GSR Super GSR Moe 100 6 Specify the necessary Menu SCANReady Fine PERNAS sear
149. dress 1 Position the document to be scanned 2 Press the Fax Scan key Fax Scan iA 3 Touch Direct Input 4 Toselect the communication mode Renner touch Change Comm Mode oo Input WAEN wl PC Email TIFF MH Somr Mode Alpha_ Caps Scan Mode Job List Merrex 100 bizhub 362 282 222 4 11 Scan to E Mail 5 Touch PC E Mail then Enter If mode 476 of the software switch settings was changed only communication modes that can be selected appear For details refer to Specifying software switch settings machine functions on page 10 28 Type in the destination address To change an entered address press the C clear key and then enter a new address If parts of frequently used addresses are registered they can be quickly entered by touching Domain For details refer to Registering a domain name on page 3 52 To select the file format and encoding method touch Scan Mode Specify the Quality amp Reduction settings for the original document to be sent For details refer to Specifying the scanning quality and zoom ratio on page 4 14 SCANReady Fine Fros 100 SCANRead Fine test test local _ one teuenf Search fossat satin Menu Add Delete Domain EQMwWERWWMUMOE AIDE OW kjL i lt 9 Email Ty Eas Mode os ne 00 No of Dest 0 SACNReady Fine test test local _ Scan Mod
150. e 3y 2p 10 aaia i 0000 Do not change these bits when specifying settings for this function After changing the settings the machine must be turned off then on again L Reminder When turning the machine off then on again with the main power switch wait about 10 seconds to turn the machine on after turning it off The machine may not operate correctly if it is turned on immediately after being turned off 10 40 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying management settings 10 Specifying POP3 reception timeout settings mode 358 You can specify the time until a timeout of the SMTP server connection occurs when receiving e mail messages Factory settings Bit 7654 3210 Setting 0010 0000 HEX 20 Specifying settings The shaded cells represent the factory settings The page numbers on the right refer to the descriptions of the corresponding functions Bit Description Setting Description Page Refer ence 7 6 5 4 Specifies the time until a 0001 30 seconds timeout of the SMTP server connection occurs when 0010 60 seconds sending e mail messages 0011 90 seconds 0100 120 seconds 0101 150 seconds 0110 180 seconds 0111 210 seconds 1000 240 seconds 1001 270 seconds 1010 300 seconds Other Do not specify other set tings than the above 3 2 1 0 0000 Do not change these bits
151. e 100 Select Max TX Size Utility Counter TX Size Max 11x17 Fros Y 100 bizhub 362 282 222 3 31 Setup TX Quality Max 1 In the Network Setting screen touch Priority Compress Level 2 Touch E Mail Mode 3 Touch TX Quality Max 4 Select the maximum resolution for transmission and then touch Enter Priority Compress Level Pree 100 E Mail Mode Select E Mail Mode Utility Counter E Mail Mode TX Size Max 11x17 TX Quality Max 600dpi Coding Method MH Pree 100 TX Quality Max can be changed Utility Counter TX Quality Max 200dpi 400dpi Memory Free 100 3 32 bizhub 362 282 222 Setup Coding Method 1 2 3 4 In the Network Setting screen touch Priority Compress Level Touch E Mail Mode Touch Coding Method Select the encoding method and then touch Enter Priority Compress Level E Mail Mode Pree 100 Select E Mail Mode Utility Counter E Mail Mode TX Size Max 11x17 TX Quality Max 800dpi Coding Method MH Pree 100 Select Coding Method Utility Counter Coding Method MH MR mm Pree 100 bizhub 362 282 222 3 33 Setup Priority Compress Level Scan Mode You can specify the file format and encoding method for transmitting files with the Scan to E Mail
152. e Ce bet EVwWERWMWYWOe Job List Fros 100 When no file name is specitied the file is automatically sent with a name in the following format lt machine_name gt lt scan_date_and_time gt lt extension gt 7 28 bizhub 362 282 222 Internet faxing 7 5 If transmission could not be completed If the transmission could not be completed correctly a transmission report is printed Q Detail You can change the transmission report printing conditions For details refer to Specifying the transmission report printing conditions Report Settings on page 10 77 Viewing a transmission report 2 P 1 The following document has not been transmitted Try to retransmit TUE APR 19 2006 11 32 CHICAGO User Account SALES DOCUMENT 6614316 761 DESTINATION NEW YORK TIME STORED APR 19 11 30 ADDRESS 123451234 xyz com TX START APR 19 11 31 DURATION 28 sec MODE Email PAGES 0 page RESULT EA0006 3 4 IMAGE 5 No Item Description 1 Report output date and Shows the date and time that the report was printed time 2 Transmission source in Shows the registered transmission source name formation TSI 3 Transmission Informa Shows the document number the duration of the transmis tion sion and the transmission mode bizhub 362 282 222 7 29 Internet faxing No Item Description Transmission result
153. e No of Dest 0 File Type Coding Method a Cr ve SCANReady Fine Sianderd EERE Giper Fire al ia A Text Photo GSR Super GSR Job List Fros 2Y 100 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to E Mail 4 9 Specify the necessary Menu SCANReady Fine ser lge one Toucn Searen Pasas reas f menu If the optional fax kit has been setting2 Network installed specify the FAX Menu settings For details refer to Specifying additional functions on page 4 18 Mee 7 100 10 Press the Start key bizhub 362 282 222 4 13 Scan to E Mail 4 3 Specifying the scanning quality and zoom ratio You can specify the scanning quality and zoom ratio by touching Quality amp Reduction in the screen that appears when the Fax Scan key on the control panel is pressed Detail When the transmission is complete the specitied settings return to their default Quality You can select the scan resolution amount of details Select from the following resolution settings according to the type of document being scanned Item Description Standard For documents containing plain text such as handwriting Fine For documents containing small print such as newspapers Super Fine or detailed illustrations 600 dpi Text Text Photo For documents containing both text and images with color 600 dpi Text amp Photo shades such as photos GSR For documents containing color shades such as pho
154. e and then click Apply Up to 64 characters can be entered Admaniateator Password Login gt One Touch Key Registration gt FAX Program Registration gt Demain Name Registration Fie Cok wew Favertes Tools Help GA Ready to Scan E Ready m Print a ee Domain Name Registration Domain Name 1 com Domain Name 2 test local Doman Name 3 Domain Name 4 Apply jf Clear 4 Click OK bizhub 362 282 222 9 41 9 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 6 Export Import Administrator mode The data that was registered with one touch dial button on this machine can be exported as a file Files can be exported with the following four modes Item Description Mode 1 Select this setting to export the data in its complete format including the mail program data fax program data if the optional fax kit has been installed The data can be edited and imported again In addition the data can be imported onto a different machine of the same model Note Before importing the data onto a different machine erase all of the data first Since all of the data is exported it can also be used as a backup of the data Mode 2 Select this setting to export the data in its simple format which does not in clude the mail program data fax program data if the optional fax kit has been installed The data can be edited and imported only onto the machine from where it
155. e FAX Menu settings For details refer to Specifying additional functions on page 7 16 7 Press the Start key SCANReady Fine auatity Density E 2a AS AC zem A 0x400 200x200 400x400 Text Photo GSR Super GSR Mes 100 SCANReady Fine g Et 2 Sided TX COATIN DA Job List Fros Y100 bizhub 362 282 222 Internet faxing 7 Searching for a one touch dial button To find a one touch dial button the name of a destination registered with the button can be searched for 1 Position the document to be scanned 2 Press the Fax Scan key Fax Scan By A 3 Touch Search If LDAP Search in the Network Settings screen is set to Yes a screen appears allowing you to select the search method Touch One Touch Search when the screen appears 4 Type in the destination name and Search One Touch Keys then touch Search C gt A screen appears containing the EQw ERW oe one touch dial buttons programmed DB DGCGCOOCLCM with a destination that begins with BHM BN Mm LJL the entered name SPACE IW Pee 100 5 Touch the desired one touch dial SCANReady Fine button You can specify multiple destinations for simultaneous transmission with the same one touch dial button Up to 300 destinations can be specified at a time meter 100 bizhub 362 282 222 7 7 Internet faxing Specify
156. e Name and Email Notification In order to use the Stamp function the optional stamp unit must be installed 12 Touch Enter 13 Check the information to be E Mail Program registered and then touch Enter Program Name Center1 Destination 002 Transmission Setting Pres 100 14 Touch Enter until the initial screen appears bizhub 362 282 222 4 4 oa Scan to E Mail Changing deleting a mail program 1 2 Perform steps 1 through 4 of the procedure in To program a one touch dial button Touch the one touch dial button with the mail program to be changed or deleted Touch an Index tab or Index List then the desired one touch dial button Touch the button for the setting to be changed and then change the setting To delete the mail program touch Delete Select One Touch to REG CHANGE DEL Touch Enter One Touch Enter Ce us L IndexList Tokyo Osaka Nagoya Fukuok a 4 2 Meirory100 E Mail Program Program Name Center1 Destination 002 Transmission Setting Mesa 100 Check the information to be registered and then touch Enter Touch Enter until the initial screen appears 4 46 bizhub 362 282 222 5 Scan to FTP Scan to FTP 5 BE 5 5 1 Scan to FTP Specifying a destination with a one touch dial button You can transmit data simply by touching a one to
157. e SSL TLS settings 1 In the Administrator mode click the Network tab For the procedure to log on to Administrator mode refer to Logging on to Administrator mode on page 9 11 2 Click SSL TLS 3 Click SSL TLS Setting Fle Edt View Favortes Tools Help Log out Encryption Strength Lara ai RCS _128hita DES Shits or Certifies Validity Perind MAMAS 123032 0070118 1242032 Organization design Ongemsation Ural burang Locality Shinngawa State Province County SSLALS Setting 9 94 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 4 Select Set Encryption Strength and Enable Disable of SSL TLS and then click Next TER SSL TLS Setting Centificate Enceyption Setting O Croate a Solf Signed Cestifieste O Dalate Certificste Set Encryption Strength and Ensble Disable of SSL TLS fa ea 5 Specify a setting for each parameter If Enhance Security is set to ON SSL TLS cannot be set to Off eR Fie Edt View Favorites Tools Help On IDES _1iktate ROA 128bete DRI Sinte oF RC4_Abits ORCA 128hite DES_S hits or RC4_ bits ODES _S hits or RC4_ hits 6 click Apply 7 Click OK bizhub 362 282 222 9 95 9 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 22 User Authentication Administrator mode This page appears when External Server is specified as the authentication
158. e Web Connection 4 Enter the index name and then click Apply Up to 8 characters can be entered The index name appears in the index list in the upper half of the page Fie Cok wew Favontes Took Help GF Ready to Scan F Ready m Print Adsaniateator Password brn a EEE Ee Index 1 3 JPN Delete 9 22 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection Registering a one touch dial destination 1 Click the Scan tab If the optional fax kit has been installed click the Fax Scan tab Click One Touch Key Registration From the Index list click the index where the one touch dial destination is to be saved The one touch dial destinations saved in the selected index appear in the lower half of the page Click a box where a one touch dial destination has not yet been registered Which are the boxes where a one touch dial destination has not yet been registered gt The boxes where a one touch dial destination has not yet been registered contain Pie de wew Pavertes Toos Heip Gp Realy to Scan EGP Ready to Print Admaniatrator Password a eee binis gt Domain Name Registration m E sm B am C gp ana NAGOYA FUKUOKA FTPO Gg 007 IFAX bizhub 362 282 222 9 23 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection Select the communication mode and then click Next If mode 476 of the so
159. e name and then touch Enter Touch OFF to cancel the setting Itis not necessary to type in an extension XQ Note SCANReady Fine SCANReady Fine SeSSSn 4 AGGM ss File Name 4 Job List Memory 100 File Name Ce bet EVwWERWMWYWOe Job List Pree 100 When no file name is specitied the file is automatically sent with a name in the following format lt machine_name gt lt scan_date_and_time gt lt extension gt 4 28 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to E Mail 4 Other functions Other settings related to sending e mail messages can be specified Contact the administrator of this machine for the administrator management settings Item Description Refer to Changing the body You can specify custom text other than the text that was page 3 35 text specified at the factory to be inserted into an e mail message Specify this text in the Scanner Settings screen displayed from the Administrator Management screen Page Division and Bi When attaching the data of multi page documents or page 3 35 nary Division data of a large volume you can send the data separated into pages or portions of specified size Specify this set ting in the Scanner Settings screen displayed from the Administrator Management screen bizhub 362 282 222 4 29 4 Scan to E Mail 4 5 If transmission could not be completed If the transmission could no
160. e range of 1 to 65535 Anonymous Select whether to permit anonymous user access access that does not require a login name or password User Name Enter the user name Up to 32 characters can be entered Password Enter the login password for the server Up to 32 characters can be en tered No Note The password appears as seee To correct the entered password clear eee and then type in the correct pass word Retype Password Reenter the login password Directory Specify the name of the directory where the data is to be uploaded Up to 128 characters can be entered Passive Mode Select whether to enable or disable the passive mode File Type Select the format Multi Page TIFF Single Page TIFF or PDF of the file that is to be sent Coding Method Select the coding method MH or MMR for the data to be sent The data amount with the MMR coding method is less than with the MH method bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection When TX Internet FAX is selected Fie C vew Faventes Toos Hep Admaniatrator Password Log in EENIA Y Ready Scan i Ready m Print aee One Touch Name Destination Address TX Size Mar TX Quality Aex Coding Method Apply Back Cancel Clear Item Description One Touch Name Type in the name of the recipient that will appear as the name of the one
161. ear OK The transmission was completed suc cessfully INTERR The transmission was interrupted F MEM The memory capacity was exceed ed NG The transmission failed PT DEL The transmission to some destina tions failed Error code For details refer to Network er ror list on page 12 4 5 Transmission Image Prints a part of the sent image Resending You can resend up to 20 failed transmission not be sent Touch Job List then Type and then select the document that could If Retry and Change Destination appear in the screen the document does not need to be scanned again A a To send to the same destination touch Retry To send to a different destination touch Change Destination bizhub 362 282 222 5 23 5 Scan to FTP 5 5 Registering destinations Programming a one touch dial button By registering a destination with a one touch dial button transmissions can be performed easily and accurately Note If the Restrict One Touch Editing parameter on the Administrator Set screen displayed from the Administrator Management screen is set to ON E Mail Input is added to the Administrator Management 1 screen and can be used to register change and delete one touch dial buttons For details on the Administrator Set screen refer to the User manual Copy Operations f the optional fax kit has been installed the E Mail Input changes to the
162. ecific written prior permission Furthermore if you modify this software you must label your software as modified software and not distribute it in such a fashion that it might be confused with the original MIT software M I T makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or implied warranty THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THIS SOFTWARE IS NOT ORIGINAL MIT SOFTWARE MODIFIED BY KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES INC bizhub 362 282 222 Introduction 1 1 3 About this manual This user manual covers the bizhub 362 282 and 222 network and scanning functions This section introduces the structure of the manual and notations used for product names etc This manual is intended for users who understand the basic operations of computers and the machine For operating procedures of the Windows or Macintosh operating system and application programs refer to the respective manuals Structure of the manual This manual consists of the following chapters Chapter 1 Introduction Chapter 2 Features Chapter 3 Setup Chapter 4 Scan to E Mail Chapter 5 Scan to FTP Chapter 6 Scan to SMB Chapter 7 Internet faxing Chapter 8 Using an LDAP server Chapter 9 Specifying settings using PageScope
163. ecify the FAX Menu settings For details refer to Specifying additional functions on Fros Y 100 rins page 7 16 7 Press the Start key Mee e100 bizhub 362 282 222 Internet faxing Entering the number of a one touch dial button A one touch dial button is assigned a number as shown in the illustration You can quickly select a destination by specifying the number of a one touch dial button instead of touching the button SCANReady Fine Chain One Touch Search Paces sauctn Menu AS as Ce Fros 100 Index 1 SCANReady Fine Chain One Touch ETAL Job List Memory 100 Index 36 1 Position the document to be scanned 2 Press the Fax Scan key 3 Press the key on the control panel Fax Scan UA bizhub 362 282 222 Internet faxing 4 Usethe keypad to type in the number of the one touch dial button You can specify multiple destinations for simultaneous transmission with the same one touch dial button Up to 300 destinations can be specified at a time The specified one touch dial button is highlighted 5 Specify the Quality amp Reduction settings for the original document to be sent For details refer to Specifying the scanning quality and zoom ratio on page 4 14 6 Specify the necessary Menu settings If the optional fax kit has been installed specify th
164. ed and forwarded All Other Docu ments Specify how documents not received over a network are processed and forwarded Report Settings Specify the output conditions of result reports and trans mission reports XQ Note f the optional fax kit has been installed the Scan tab changes to the Fax Scan tab bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 Network tab Administrator mode Item Description Common TCP IP Specify the required settings for using this machine over Setting a network IP Filtering Select whether or not reception is possible within the range of specified IP addresses IPP For details refer to the User manual Print Operations NetWare For details refer to the User manual Print Operations NetWare Status For details refer to the User manual Print Operations Windows For details refer to the User manual Print Operations AppleTalk For details refer to the User manual Print Operations LDAP Specify whether to use the LDAP search function LDAP Server Setting Register the LDAP server to be searched when using the LDAP search function E Mail POP3 Specify the POPS server to be used with Internet faxing Internet FAX SMTP Specify the SMTP server to be used with the Scan to E Mail or Internet fax operation Subject Text Register the subject and text of e mail messages sent with the Scan t
165. ed from the Direct Input tab the recipient is displayed even if 1 not displayed is selected 10 58 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying management settings 10 Specifying the deleting method for Del in input screens mode 478 Specify the deleting method for Del in input screens Select whether the character at cursor s position or the character to the left of the cursor is deleted Factory settings Bit 7654 3210 Setting 0000 0000 HEX 00 Specifying settings The shaded cells represent the factory settings The page numbers on the right refer to the descriptions of the corresponding functions Bit Description Setting Description Page Refer ence 7 Specify the deleting 0 Deletes the character at page 13 5 method for Del in the cursor s position input screens 1 Deletes the character to the left of the cursor 6 5 4 3 2 Ar nnn nnennnnn 0000000 Do not change these bits 1 0 when specifying settings for this function Note North American model default setting 7 Other model default setting 0 bizhub 362 282 222 10 59 10 Specifying management settings Specifying settings for limiting user authentication to only Scan functions mode 479 Specify whether or not user authentication is performed only when the Fax Scan or Extra Scan key is pressed Factory settings Bit 7654 3210 Setting 0000 0000 HEX 00 Specifyi
166. eeceeeeseeeeeneeeeseeeeeeneeteeneeeeeaeees Original Size Seta ia si csscessscsteeesshsecedschedesaececnadarsvadeaaeausnscasadacavasestaas 7 4 Specifying additional functions Specifying the transmission source setting eeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 7 18 Specifying the transmission report printing conditions 7 19 Specifying 2in1 tranSMiSSION eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 7 20 Specifying double sided tranSMisSiONn csceeeseeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 7 21 Specifying rotation tranSMiSSiON ceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 7 23 Specifying priority tranSMISSION esceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 7 23 Specifying timer traNSMISSION eeeseeeeeeeeeeeneeteeneeeeeeeeeeneeeees 7 24 Specifying the stamp setting 00 eee cess eeeeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeneeeeeeeeees 7 25 Changing the SUDjeCt cccceseeeeseseeesceceeeseeeeeeeseneeceeseseeeseseeeeeses 7 26 Specifying a reply ACCESS 000 eeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeaeeteeaeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 7 27 Specifying a file NAME eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeeeeteneeeeee 7 28 7 5 If transmission could not be completed sscsssesssennsenneseens 7 29 Viewing a transmission rePOFt eeeeeesseeeeneeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeaeees 7 29 FRRESSNGING isi ariet nan aaea ial oer el eer ah at A aae aeaea ot 7 30 7 6 Receiving Internet faxes s sssunssnnnsennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn 7 31 Settings for Internet fAXiNG
167. eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 23 SMTP Authentication Password cccccceeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaee 3 24 3 7 POPS Setting S j n2 lt escenccceecdestededcasctce nd ocssesudestvecsscaccccdesisteceercazeaaneetes 3 25 POPS Server Adres c ccceceeeseeceeesenseeseeeseeseceeeaneesececseeeess 3 25 POPS User Name iicn ea aa e aaan aa aean Oita alae 3 27 POPS Pas VOA aa aeaa araa sl aa Aaa aA Ana EAOa iidese dented 3 28 Auto RX Check A E A E A T 3 29 3 8 Priority Compress Level E Mail Mode scccsssseeeeesseseees 3 30 TX Size M X raatein eine aeia i iaai 3 31 TX Quality MaX sa reaa cen bic oe aaeei aae n ea aE aeaa aean aeaa niai 3 32 Goding Method wesccictscccascccncscnveststeg caareente chesiveag tecianigecterdaeseetese 3 33 3 9 Priority Compress Level Scan Mode ecccsseseeeeeeseeneeneeeeees 3 34 To specify the scan mode SettingS cccceeeeeeeteeeeeeteeteeeeeees 3 34 Contents 2 bizhub 362 282 222 3 10 Scanner Setungs 22 25 2 cces sees naandaa anian aaiae rn cee eee 3 35 ACtivity REDON vtee8 nt ei nae eet Ao ae hee tte t a hace 3 37 RX Doc Header Prints reai ive even cee ee ienesa eek 3 38 E Mail Header Text ccccecccceeeeeseecceeeeeeeeeeeesessneeeeeseeseaeeeeeeeeas 3 39 Gateway TX on oseake aininn aaaea na hive aE AEE ES 3 40 Subject REGisStration eesceesseeeseneeeeneeeeseeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeeeeneeeeea 3 41 Divide Setting Sss set ainada ia aeai ia
168. eeeeneeeeeneeeeeeees 6 7 Specifying the scanning quality and ZOOM ratiO cssseeseeeesees 6 9 QUIT AEE EP ta destcteied E E ETAT 6 9 To specify the scanning quality c ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeee 6 10 DE E EAE AE E E E TA 6 11 To specify a density setting cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaee 6 11 Original Size Seti cistscsccsassacaacescpeceapaanagecaaeeceaadiensacnasassaeastasegeeded 6 12 Specifying additional FUNCTIONS ss ssseussennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnn 6 13 Specifying the transmission report printing conditions 6 14 To specify the transmission report printing conditions 6 14 Specifying 2in1 transmission eeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeaes 6 15 Specifying double sided tranSMisSiONn ceeesceeesseeeeeseteeees 6 16 Specifying priority tranSMiSSiION cceeeeeeeneeeeeseeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeees 6 18 Specifying timer transmission ceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeas 6 19 Specifying the stamp setting ee eeeseeeseeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 6 20 Specifying the e mail notification destination eeeeeeee 6 21 Specifying a file name 02 2 eeceeeeceeeeeeeeeseeeeesenenesceeeseeeeeeseeneneses 6 22 If transmission could not be Completed sscssseessenseenseneees 6 23 Viewing a transmission rePOFt esceeeeseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeesaeeess 6 23 Resend g isi cs icc be czech deco h en r a aa aa a
169. eeeesneeeeees 1 11 1 5 Explanation of manual CONVENTIONS ecceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 1 12 Safety ACVICES nisi vsiied divert ivare nev veiitise he tener i F Eii 1 12 SEQUENCE of ACTION eee eeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeneeteaeeeeeaeeeeeaeeteeneeeneaeeeeea 1 12 Wp Swiss eietites das tvett adeno tetas ed tadtatviei cg aiceavenei nena 1 13 Special text MArkinS ceseeeeesseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeneeeeseneeseeeeeeeneeeeeas 1 13 E 4 y Features 2 1 SCAN 10 E Mall iss ci ee es E access canunecteevecsacdeversesanceen 2 3 2 2 SCAN 10 FTP iesss sci csccncccsscenccncncscncie geccsqncueqtecensauneteessncunccccercstgececestsuneccce 2 4 23 Scan 1O SMB wi sicteccecsccs icc eri cs eo ceccccsteeneescke eeen cs deed eceecsectcecteececcieence 2 5 24 SCAN TONADD wees sess cescscccscececezecsetecceceesecsece te ccensteciedsacttectneceesiecceevesscccize 2 6 2 5 Internet TAXING ions casts an cctnecasee tees cecteetecacectnectendcedesceecssetqaczecedsendcenecdsas 2 7 2 6 PageScope Web Connection ss eccccecseeeceeeeeseseeneeeesseeceeeeeseeeeees 2 8 bizhub 362 282 222 Contents 1 tup 3 1 Connecting to a LAN ccccssseeeeeeseeeeeeeeensseeeeeeensneneeeeeeseseeeeeeenssnenees 3 3 Connecting the LAN Cablle eeceeeseeeeeseeesneeeeeeeeesneeeesaeeeeeneeeeaes 3 3 3 2 Specifying the network settings cccsssseeeeeesssseeeeeessseeeeeeeeesees 3 4 Network Setting table eeeeeeseeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeesnneeeseeeeeneeeeee
170. egister one touch recipients The keypad can also be used to type in numbers The following procedure describes how to enter characters in the User Name screen when registering users for user authentication To type text gt In the keyboard that appeared touch the button for the desired character Numbers can also be typed in with the keypad To type in uppercase letters touch Caps To cancel Caps mode touch Caps again Note To cancel the entered text touch Cancel To clear all entered text press the C clear key Q Detail To switch between entering letters or symbols touch the button for switching the input mode To change a character in the entered text touch amp and _ to move the cursor to the character to be changed touch Del j and then type in the desired letter or number The software switch settings can be used to change how characters are deleted For details on the software switch settings refer to Specifying software switch settings machine functions on page 10 28 f the number of characters exceeds the limit allowed the last character is replaced with the last character entered bizhub 362 282 222 13 5 1 3 Appendix List of available characters Type Characters Alphanumeric ABCDEFGHIJUKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnoparstuvwxyz characters symbols i MSpace 8 lt gt 7 _ I 7
171. en 1 Prohibited tication function 2 2 Specifies whether to enable 0 ID and password shared sharing of the SMTP authen tication ID amp password with 1 ID and password not shared the POP3 user name amp pass word 1 0 wrreen nner conn n nnn n 00 Do not change these bits when specifying settings for this function 1 The SMTP authentication function is enabled when all of the conditions described below have been met e Bit 6 of mode 380 is set to 1 e The SMTP authentication user name amp password and the POP3 user name amp password are being shared and bit 2 of mode 380 is set to 0 10 48 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying management settings 1 0 e The SMTP authentication user name and amp password and the POP3 user name amp password are not being shared bit 2 of mode 380 is set to 1 and SMTP Authentication User Name and SMTP Authentication User Password are specified in the Network Settings screen e Either bit 5 4 or 3 of mode 380 is set to 0 2 When all of the authentication functions are enabled bits 5 4 and 3 are set to 0 the priority is given in the order of CRAM MD65 authentication bit 5 LOGIN authentication bit 4 and PLAIN authentication bit 3 bizhub 362 282 222 10 49 10 Specifying management settings Specifying use of registered user authentication information to log on to the LDAP server mode 46
172. en Passe eens If the optional fax kit has been Setting1 Setting2 installed specify the FAX Menu ia F only eae Ai For details refer to Specifying P additional functions on m E Oe page 6 13 2in1 2 Sided TX Job List Mee 7 100 7 Press the Start key 6 4 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to SMB 6 Entering the number of a one touch dial button A one touch dial button is assigned a number as shown in the illustration You can quickly select a destination by specifying the number of a one touch dial button instead of touching the button SCANReady Fine Chain SCANReady Fine chain One Touch Search faces Menu One Touch asse Menu GA T Ea Fros 100 Job List Memory100 Index 1 Index 36 1 Position the document to be scanned 2 Press the Fax Scan key Fax Scan UA 3 Press the key on the control panel bizhub 362 282 222 6 5 Scan to SMB 4 Usethe keypad to type in the number of a one touch dial button You can specify multiple destinations for simultaneous transmission with the same one touch dial button Up to 300 destinations can be specified at a time The specified one touch dial button is highlighted 5 Specify the Quality amp Reduction settings for the original document to be sent For details refer to Specifying the scanning quality and zoom ratio on page 6 9 6 Specify the
173. en touch POP3 Settings 2 Touch POP3 User Name POP3 Settings PoPaPessword 3 Type in the POP3 user name and POP3 User Name then touch Enter C Det Q w E R Ty UJ U 0 PJ WAWAO ZBWOWEBNWMiOL SPACE JE Cape Mee 100 bizhub 362 282 222 3 27 3 Setup POP3 Password 1 In the Network Setting screen touch POP3 Settings 2 Touch POP3 Password POP3 Settings PoP Password Pees 100 3 Touch New Password type in the Change password POP3 password and then touch Enter Change Password NewPassword J Confirm New Password Pree 100 4 Touch Confirm New Password type in the SMTP password again and then touch Enter 3 28 bizhub 362 282 222 Setup 3 Auto RX Check 1 In the Network Setting screen touch POP3 Settings 2 Touch Auto RX Check POP3 Settings POP3 Server Address sa o POP3 User Name POP3 Password Auto RX Check Check OFF Fros 100 3 Type in the interval for POP3 Set interval for POP3 check reception using the keypad and then touch Enter TEETE If POP3 reception is not to be performed automatically touch Check OFF Memory 109 bizhub 362 282 222 3 29 Setup Priority Compress Level E Mail Mode You can specify the maximum transmission size the maximum transmission quality and the encoding method that are giv
174. en priority when sending an Internet fax The transmission size setting specified here is the default setting when programming a one touch dial button When sending Internet faxes the recipient may not be able to view the data if the receiving machine does not support the transmitted size quality or encoding method If the maximum settings have been specified in E Mail Mode in advance the transmission settings are adjusted to the specified maximum even if the settings specified for the transmission exceed the maximum In E Mail Mode settings can be specified for the following Item Description TX Size Max Specify the maximum document size that can be transmitted Select Letter Legal or 11 x 17 TX Quality Max Specify the maximum resolution that can be sent Select 200 dpi 400 dpi or 600 dpi Coding Method Select the encoding method for data to be sent Select MH MR or MMR The data capacity is lowest with MMR and highest with MH 3 30 bizhub 362 282 222 Setup TX Size Max 1 2 Touch E Mail Mode 3 Touch TX Size Max 4 Select the maximum document size In the Network Setting screen touch Priority Compress Level for transmission and then touch Enter Priority Compress Level E Mail Mode Pree 100 Select E Mail Mode Utility Counter E Mail Mode TX Size Max 11x17 TX Quality Max 800dpi Coding Method MH Pre
175. enih testion to logout Log off from Administrator mode bizhub 362 282 222 9 91 9 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection Deleting certificates 1 In the Administrator mode click the Network tab For the procedure to log on to Administrator mode refer to Logging on to Administrator mode on page 9 11 2 Click SSL TLS 3 Click SSL TLS Setting Fle Edt View Favorites Tools Help Log out ADES_168bits RC4_128hita DES Shite or RC4_Aits Validity Penod MAMAS 12202 0001 13 124032 Organization design Ongemsation Ural burang Locality Shinngawa State Province County SSLTLS Setting If Enhance Security is set to ON certificates cannot be deleted 9 92 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 4 Select Delete Certificate and then click Next File Edt View Favorites Toos Help SSL TLS Setting CestificateEncryption Setting O Croate a Self Signed Certificate Delete Certificate O Set Encryption Strength and Ensble Disable of SSL TLS 5 Check the message and then click OK The certificate is deleted Fle Edt View Favorites Toos Hep Delete certificate Is LOK to delete thus certulicate Back OK Concel 6 Click OK Log off from Administrator mode bizhub 362 282 222 9 93 9 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection Specifying th
176. er EE E 9 Managemen Counter 357 Total C faertgamena Reports J szaraz 285 Total copy Size User Setting One Touch Index a Mail Program memory 100 bizhub 362 282 222 5 25 Scan to FTP Touch the one touch dial button to be registered Touch Enter eS LETE a Type in the destination name that will appear on the one touch dial button and then touch Next Select the communication mode Touch PC FTP then Next Touch an Index tab or Index List then the desired one touch dial button If the machine is set to allow LDAP searches a screen appears allowing you to permit or prohibit the address registered with the one touch dial button to be found with an LDAP search If LDAP searches are not to be allowed select No Pree 100 Com mode Cancel _ Back Next kiar asi ann AEN ees If mode 476 of the software switch settings was changed only communication modes that can be selected appear For details refer to Specifying E Mail software switch settings SMB machine functions on Pres 100 page 10 28 Enter the upload destination host Input the FTP Server Address using the address and then touch Next 10 key Pad Utility Counter paas Le T iF pue Cancer Back J exe To specify the host name touch Host Name and then touch Next To change an entered address
177. er contains references for more detailed information Special text markings Copy key The names of keys on the control panel are written as shown above ST EFTINA MA SETTING Display texts are written as shown above bizhub 362 282 222 1 13 Introduction bizhub 362 282 222 2 Features Features 2 ii 2 Features 2 1 Scan to E Mail The Scan to E Mail operation is used to send images scanned on this machine as e mail attachments By registering a destination with a one touch dial button paper documents can be sent by e mail simply by touching a button in the One Touch screen e The original document is attached to an e mail MIME format and sent as an image file in the TIFF format or the PDF format In order to view the received image on a computer e mail software that supports the MIME format and software that displays the TIFF format or PDF format must be installed e Images in the TIFF format can be viewed with a TIFF viewer which is standard in Windows e Images in the PDF format can be viewed with Adobe Reader e This machine must be connected to a LAN and the network settings must be specified For details refer to Chapter 2 Setup on page 3 3 e For details refer to Chapter 3 Scan to E Mail on page 4 3 E mail server Internet Client computer bizhub 362 282 222 2 3 2 Features 2 2 Scan to
178. ered as one touch dial destinations Unlike the one touch dial destination where only recipients can be registered scan settings and multiple recipients can be registered The registered data can also be changed or deleted amp eee Note Up to 30 fax programs can be registered However the total number of one touch dial destinations and fax programs must not exceed 540 Some functions or parameters registered with a fax program have no effect depending on the operation performed as shown in the following table For details on each function and parameter refer to the appropriate page O Has an effect A Has an effect under certain conditions Does not have an effect Operation Function Parameter Scan to E Mail Scan to FTP Scan to SMB Scan to HDD Internet fax Original Type O Density O Reduction Scan Area TSI Dest Insert TX Report 2in1 2 Sided TX OHONO olojo OOJO olojo Rotation TX Priority TX Timer Stamp gt OIO gt OJO gt OIO Subject Selec tion gt gt IOJOLFPI O SO O OJ OjJO Set Reply E Mail Address O O gt JOJO gt E Mail Notifica tion Destination Set File Name bizhub 362 282 222 9 33 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection When registering a fax program specify settings for the following functions paramet
179. ers Item Description Program Name Type in the name of the program that will appear as the name of the one touch dial destination Up to 12 characters can be en tered Mode Select TX Destination Specify the program destination Click Select Destination select the check box of a registered one touch dial destination and then click Apply Original Type Original Type Select the scan resolution Density Select the scan density Reduction This is a fax setting For details refer to the User manual Facsimile Operations Scan Area Specify the document size for scanning Menu 1 TSI Select transmission source information to print the registered text such as the name fax number or address at the edge of pages sent with the Internet fax operation For details on registering transmission source information refer to TSI Registration on page 9 48 Dest Insert Select whether to print the destination name registered with the one touch dial button together with other transmission source in formation when TSI1 through TSI8 is selected TX Report Select the conditions for outputting the transmission results report Default Select this setting to output the report according to the setting specified from the Administrator Management screen Output On Select this setting to output the report regardless of the transmission result If TX Fail Sele
180. es 100 5 Touch Enter until the first screen appears 4 40 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to E Mail 4 Registering mail programs If settings to be applied to a transmission are registered with the destination information a transmission can be performed with the registered settings simply by touching a one touch dial button This is known as a mail program and is convenient when always sending transmissions with specific settings to a specific destination If the optional fax kit has been installed the Mail Program changes to the FAX Program As shown below the settings of certain parameters may not be available for registration in a program depending on the operation used Refer to the page for each item O Available A Available under certain conditions Unavailable Operation Scan to Scan to FTP Scan to SMB Scan to HDD Internet fax Parameter E Mail Quality O O O O O Density O O O O O Zoom Original Size O O O O O Set TSI O TX Report O O O O 2in1 O O O O O 2 Sided TX O O O O Rotation TX A Priority TX O O O O O Timer TX Set O O O O oO ting Stamp A A A A A Subject A Reply O A File Name O O O O A E Mail Notifi O O O cation bizhub 362 282 222 4 41 Scan to E Mail Q Detail Up to 30 mail programs can be registered However the total number of mail progra
181. es 11 11 Gontents of thelist arssinat aaea a ean gion ds 11 12 11 5 Checking the function settings Setting List esssseeee 11 13 Printing the Setting liSt cee eeeseeeeneeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeesaeeeeeaeeees 11 13 Contents of the JSt ss ra Tar aan aaea Eaa aae e anidan 11 14 2 ar 12 1 When the following are displayed cccsssseeccssseeeeeesseseeeeeeeeees 12 3 12 2 Network error list Internet fax transmission Scan to E Mail 2 ccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeee 12 4 Internet fax reception ccceseseesssssssseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesessssssestsnsaneees 12 5 Scan to FTP iia haan inn an a ania ee ani ties 12 6 SCan tO SMB secs sh ae he ee hee Penna Meee ce AEN 12 7 12 3 Troubleshooting ae ieee coco rarere araara naai aaraa case cde eee chadeteeteceeecdestzeds 12 8 Internet fax transmission Scan to E Mail 2 ccceseeeeeeeeeeeeee 12 8 Internet fax reception ccecceeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 12 9 OU SR eassedegees ca E hic tadeee bins Gatti an Gate E 12 10 13 1 Product specifications cccccesseeccesseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeseeseeeeeeeees 13 3 Internet fax SPECIFICATIONS cccessssssceeeeeeeeeeeeeesesesssssssenaaeees 13 3 Scan to E Mail Specifications cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteseeeees 13 3 Scan to FTP SpeCifiCcations sisirin ataa inanasan aaa 13 4 Scan to SMB Specifications cccccceceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesenneees 13 4
182. es 9 3 Scan tab User MOde cccceececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeeeeeeesaneeeens 9 3 Scan tab Administrator mode ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseneeeees 9 4 Network tab Administrator MOde ccccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 9 5 Using PageScope Web Connection 2 cccccsseeecceesseeeceeeesseneeeeeeenees 9 6 Operating environment eeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeneeeeesaeeeeeeeeesanees 9 6 Accessing PageScope Web Connection eseeeeseeeeseeeeeneeees 9 7 If user authentication settings have been applied ee 9 8 If account track settings have been applied ceceeeeeeeeeeeee 9 8 Page Structure ai s e ssc r araa e aaa aa a e aaea Ear aere A EEan aaa 9 9 Logging on to Administrator mode 2 ccceeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 9 11 Web browser cache cccecccceeeeeenceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesneeeeeeeseeaeeeeeeeeeeaee 9 13 F r Ntenet E O e sia ssc e a e aa a eaaa aae eaaa oara aeaa 9 13 KOIANEI O 01 EEA E E E EN 9 13 One Touch Key Registration User mode ccssecseeeeesseeeeeeee 9 14 Naming sansindex se sicscsecciss TEE E EE 9 21 Registering a one touch dial destination cceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeee 9 23 Registering a secondary recipient cceceeeeeceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeee 9 25 Changing the settings for a one touch dial destination 9 29 Deleting a one touch dial destination cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 9
183. ettings is incorrect for the destination address and port number are correctly specified EDO9C7 The user name or password is Check the user name and password incorrect EDO9C8 The specified folder does not Check that the save destination folder exist exists and check the folder name EDO9C9 The disk capacity is full Free up the disk space on the corre sponding disk EDO9CF The protocol is incorrect Ask the administrator to deactivate the protocol usage restrictions or look for other delivery methods or look for other delivery methods EDO9CC SMB transmission malfunc Check the status of the destination de tions other than the above vice A Scan to SMB transmission can not be performed with a UNIX or LINUX system EFO9CD Available memory is not suffi Expand the memory of this machine cient EFO9D0 Characters that cannot be Change the file name used have been entered bizhub 362 282 222 12 7 12 Scan function troubleshooting 12 3 Troubleshooting Perform the procedures described below to troubleshoot a malfunction Internet fax transmission Scan to E Mail Symptom Cause Action Cannot send The connection is incorrect Check the hub LED indicator and check the connection status A user is logging on and send ing e mails when a user e mail address is not registered Register the e mail address of the user who is logging on Required settings for this ma chine have not
184. f The machine is not turned on The LAN is not properly connected Green On The LAN is properly connected 100 Mbps Flashes Data is being received 100 Mbps Yellow On The LAN is properly connected 10 Mbps Flashes Data is being received 10 Mbps bizhub 362 282 222 3 3 Setup Specifying the network settings The operations that are available depend on the LAN environment of the machine Specify the network settings according to the LAN environment and the operation to be performed Q Detail Before specifying any settings contact your network administrator for the required information Specify the network settings in Administrator mode by using either this machine s control panel or PageScope Web Connection The setting procedure using this machine s control panel is described below To specify the settings using on PageScope Web Connection refer to Chapter 8 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection on page 9 3 Network setting table The network settings required for each operation are described below O A setting is required A A setting is required depending on the environment vY The parameter is available The parameter is not available Operation Scan to Scan to Scan to Scan to Internet Parameter E Mail FTP SMB HDD faxing Basic Settings DHCP A A A A A IP Address Setting O O O O O Subnet M
185. f settings have been specified TSI on the Setting 1 tab Rotation TX on the Setting 1 tab E Mail Notification on the Network tab Item Description Setting 1 TX Report Select under which conditions the transmission report is to be output Set 1 Default Outputs according to the specifications of the administrator ON Prints regardless of the transmission results If TX Fails Prints only when undeliverable OFF Does not print regardless of the transmission results 2in1 Select whether to send using the 2in1 function printing two pages to fit on one page 2 Sided TX Select whether to perform double sided transmission You can specify the position of the binding margin and the document orientation Setting 2 Priority TX Select whether a job is given priority over other Set 2 Timer TX Select whether to set the send time Specifies the send time when Setting ON is selected Stamp Specify whether the document is stamped to indicate that it has been scanned The document must be loaded into the ADF Note To use the Stamp function optional stamp unit must be installed Network Subject The Subject line of an e mail can be selected from Subject lines spec Net Selection ified in advance Reply Ad Displays the e mail address of this machine as the sender of the e mail dress message When specifying e mail addresses other than that of this machine select an address fr
186. f this E Mail Address machine and then touch Enter test local CAWEWMOODOL WOME onn 3 22 bizhub 362 282 222 Setup SMTP Authentication User Name 1 In the Network Setting screen touch SMTP Settings 2 Touch SMTP Authentication User Name 3 Type in the SMTP authentication user name and then touch Enter SMTP Settings cancel J_ Enter_ SMTP Server Address i ts E Mail Address SMTP Authentication User Name SMTP Authentication Password SMTP Authentication at Canes EQUWMERWWYWO WOME KE Cape Mee 100 bizhub 362 282 222 3 23 Setup SMTP Authentication Password 1 2 In the Network Setting screen touch SMTP Settings Touch SMTP Authentication SMTP Settings Cancel Enter_ Password SMTP Server Address Fae E Mail Address L User Name SMTP Authentication Password Pree 100 Touch New Password type inthe EEOSE SMTP password and then touch Enter Change Password NewPassword Confirm New Password Mee 100 Touch Confirm New Password type in the SMTP password again and then touch Enter 3 24 bizhub 362 282 222 Setup ie 3 7 POP3 Settings Settings can be specified for the following Item Description POPS Server Address Required setting for receiving Internet faxes Contact the network administrator for the informa
187. fax kit has been installed click the Fax Scan tab 2 Click IP Filtering 3 Specify a setting for each parameter and then click Apply Fie Edt View Favorites Took Help Log out 1 FIP Configuration Reject IP Range Disable Range 1 Range mw F Range Apply Clear bizhub 362 282 222 9 69 9 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 16 LDAP Administrator mode The settings used by the LDAP Lightweight Directory Access Protocol server in a network can be specified Settings can be specified for the following Item Description LDAP Select whether to enable or disable address searches where the LDAP server is used If Enable is selected the LDAP server can be specified Search Default Setting Select which of the registered LDAP servers is to be accessed This parame ter appears if an LDAP server has been registered Specifying the LDAP settings 1 In the Administrator mode click the Network tab For the procedure to log on to Administrator mode refer to Logging on to Administrator mode on page 9 11 2 Click Common Setting then LDAP 3 Select whether to enable or disable LDAP searches and then click Apply File Edt View Favorites Tools Help Log out LDAP Setting OG GF Really Sean E Ready to Print ae a LDAP Search Default Setting 9 70 bizhub 362 282 222
188. fax text Fixed Text Inserts the text that has been registered on this ma chine in advance Custom Text Inserts any desired text OFF Does not insert any text With Scan to E Mail fixed text is in serted even if OFF is selected amp Note You can save any text using PageScope Web Con nection For details refer to E Mail internet FAX Ad ministrator mode on page 9 76 Gateway TX Always select Restrict for this machine If the optional scanner unit or fax kit has been installed select Al low to use this machine in the following ways e When this machine is used as a relay machine with an IP relay transmission amp Note For details on IP relay transmission operations refer to the User manual Advanced Scan Operations Subject Registration When sending with Scan to E Mail or Internet faxing the subject can be specified Up to 4 subjects can be registered allowing you to use different subjects depending on the contents of the trans mission Up to 40 characters can be entered Divide Settings When performing Scan to E Mail or sending Internet faxes specify whether to separate and attach the scanned original document da ta The separation types that can be specified are described below Page Division Used when performing Scan to E Mail and sending Internet faxes Sends the scanned data separated into pages Binary Division Used when performing Scan to E Mail Sends the spe
189. for Server Message Block A protocol that shares files and printers over a network and which is mainly used by Microsoft Windows SMTP Abbreviation for Simple Mail Transfer Protocol A protocol for send ing and forwarding e mail SNMP Abbreviation for Simple Network Management Protocol A manage ment protocol in a network environment using TCP IP SSL TLS Abbreviation for Secure Socket Layer Transport Layer Security The encoding method for safely transmitting data between the Web serv er and browser Subnet Mask The unit used to divide a TCP IP network into small networks sub networks It is used to identify the bits in a network address that are higher than the IP address TCP IP Abbreviation for Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol The defacto standard protocol used by the Internet that uses IP ad dresses to identify each network device TIFF Abbreviation for Tagged Image File Format One of the file formats for saving image data The file extension is tif Depending on the tag indicating the data type information for various image formats can be saved in a single image data Thumbnail Asmall image that shows the contents of the image or document file the image displayed when the file was opened USB Abbreviation for Universal Serial Bus A general interface standard for connecting a mouse printer and other devices to a computer Uninstall To delete software
190. ftware switch settings was changed only communication modes that can be selected appear For details refer to Specifying software switch settings machine functions on page 10 28 Fie Edt vew Pavontes Tool Hep EA Realy te Scan E Ready ta Print Administrator Password A a SY FA s ee eel 9 TX OE med O O TX Pcete Suved TX IntemetFAX O TXAPOGMB Nest Cancel Specify settings for the parameters in the page for the selected communication mode To also register the secondary recipient specify settings for the parameters and then click Sub Address Registration For details on the parameters refer to One Touch Key Registration User mode on page 9 14 Click Apply The one touch dial destination is registered bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 Registering a secondary recipient A secondary recipient can be specified in case the transmission to the recipient of the one touch dial destination failed The communication modes in which a secondary recipients can be specified are TX PC E mail and TX Internet FAX Y Y A secondary recipient can be specified if the optional scanner unit or fax kit is installed Any of the following communication modes can be specified for the secondary recipient TX PC E mail TX PC Scanner TX InternetFAX TX InternetFAX TX InternetFAX FAX G3 TX SIP FAX
191. gs EE information _2_ Minutes _3_ Connection 4 Conference Mee 100 Q Detail f no subject has been registered the e mail message is sent with the subject line image File lt one touch_name gt lt machine_name gt lt number gt 4 26 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to E Mail 4 Specifying a reply address From the e mail addresses registered with a one touch dial button you can specify the return e mail address displayed to the recipient 1 Touch Menu If the optional fax kit has been SCANReady Fine installed touch FAX Menu 2 Touch Network then Reply SCANReady Fine Address one touch Search Pisze Ron Menu If the optional fax kit has been Setting 1 Setting2 installed touch Net then Reply Address SHa Rss File Name _ Job List 3 Select a return address and then Select the One Touch key to be the Reply E Mail Address touch Enter Touch OFF to cancel the setting 1 2 Job List memory 100 bizhub 362 282 222 4 27 Scan to E Mail Specifying a file name You can specify the file name of the image data to be attached in an e mail Up to 16 characters can be entered 1 Touch Menu If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX Menu 2 Touch Network then File Name If the optional fax kit has been installed touch Net then File Name 3 Type in the fil
192. h Enter SCANReady Fine oo Search Peal cn Menu tx Report Enter _ E Single Dest Hx Broadcast ETR Fails ON If TX Fails OFF Job List Fres 100 Specifying 2in1 transmission 1 Touch Menu If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX Menu 2 Touch Setting 1 then 2in1 SCANReady Fine If the optional fax kit has been hf Search Passe installed touch Set 1 then 2in1 Touch the button again to cancel the setting The button is highlighted Mee 2Y100 bizhub 362 282 222 4 21 4 Scan to E Mail Specifying double sided transmission 1 Touch Menu If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX Menu 2 Touch Setting 1 then 2 Sided TX EJN If the optional fax kit has been installed touch Set 1 then 2 Sided TX TSI ont fm 2 2in1 2 Sided TX EY merer100 3 Select the desired binding margin SCANReady Fine Poonam one touch Search pista _ menu Left Bind The document is Setti Network scanned with a binding margin on_ 2 Sided Tx Orr _ Enter _ the left side Original Bind Direction Top Bind The document is scanned with a binding margin at the top Auto The binding margin is set according to the scanning direction O E Left Bind Top Bind 4 Touch Original Direction 5 Select the orientation of the SCANReady Fine document and then touch E
193. hen touch Enter from One Touch keys otification Touch OFF to cancel the setting 1 2 Job List bizhub 362 282 222 6 21 6 Scan to SMB Specifying a file name You can specify the file name of the image data to be sent Up to 16 characters can be entered When no file name is specified the file is automatically sent with a name in the following format lt machine_name gt lt scan_date_and_time gt lt extension gt 1 Touch Menu If the optional fax kit has been SCANReady Fine installed touch FAX Menu 2 Touch Network then File Name SCANReady Fine If the optional fax kit has been one touch search Jessi installed touch Net then File Name Scivction 4 Address 4 File Name_ Memory 100 3 Type in the file name and then touch File Name Enter Touch OFF to cancel the setting Itis not necessary to type in an extension Job List 6 22 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to SMB 6 6 4 If transmission could not be completed If the transmission could not be completed correctly a transmission report is printed Q Detail You can change the transmission report printing conditions For details refer to Specifying the transmission report printing conditions Report Settings on page 10 77 Viewing a transmission report The following document has not been transmitted Try to retransmit
194. hen touch Next EWER Lole DEOD S Fros 100 T7 Select the communication mode Touch PC SMB then Next Com mode Cancel Back Next SS er ee SS If mode 476 of the software switch settings was changed only communication modes that can be selected appear For details refer to Specifying E mail software switch settings sms FTP machine functions on MSE 100 page 10 28 8 Enter the destination host address Set IP address of destination PC and then touch Next To change the host name touch Fe Cancel 7 Back J Nen Jj Host Name and then touch Next To reenter an address touch or to move the cursor or press the C clear key to enter a new address E correg Free 100 bizhub 362 282 222 6 27 Scan to SMB 9 Enter the file path of the data to be saved and then touch Next 10 Type in the login user name and then touch Next 11 Type in the login password and then touch Next To confirm the password enter the password again 12 Check the destination information Directory Cancel Back Next OUWE p Pree 100 Utility Counter New Password Password 4 Ea Center J Host Address 192 168 1 30 UserName _ user aE User Password Pree 100 6 28 bizhub 362 282 222
195. hessvedtedlewers a dai iai 10 57 Specifying the deleting method for Del in input screens mode 478 oeiee a laa 10 59 Specifying settings for limiting user authentication to only Scan functions mode 479 eeccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeees 10 60 Contents 10 bizhub 362 282 222 10 9 Specifying SSL TLS settings cccsssseeeesseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeneeeeenees 10 61 To specify SSL TLS SettingS eeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeseeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeneeees 10 61 11 1 Checking the transmission conditions TX Report ss0 11 3 To print a transmission report ccccscsscsseeceeeeeeeseeseseessssstsneaeeees 11 4 Contents of the repOrt ccceeececeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeesenaeeeeeeeeeaeeeees 11 5 11 2 Checking the reception conditions RX Report 2seese 11 7 Printing a reception activity rePOrt ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeee 11 7 Contents of the report sssscsssessussenisnnnsinnninnnerunnerunnnnnnnenneennnnnnnnee 11 8 11 3 Checking the destinations registered in one touch dial buttons One Touch List sis ccccecceececece reece dten aaa aeara keativ se Reaeee sh eakine 11 9 Printing the One Touch List eeeeeesseeeeeneeeeseeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeneeeees 11 9 Contents of the list ii italia idinvia nt bereles 11 10 11 4 Printing the mail program list ccccsssseeeeesseseeeeeeeseeeeeneee 11 11 To print the mail program liSt ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeee
196. hierar chical method the time is adjusted with the server at the highest lev el using GPS to acquire the correct time which is then referenced by each lower level host OCR Abbreviation for Optical Character Reader A device or software that converts handwritten or printed documents to text data by optically scanning it and through comparison with a previously stored pat tern specifies the characters OS Abbreviation for Operating System Basic software for controlling the system of a computer PASV Abbreviation for PASsiVe A mode for connecting to an FTP server from within a firewall If this mode is not specified the firewall will be considered inaccessible and the connection will be terminated pre venting the file from being sent Peer to peer A network format that allows connected devices to communicate without using a dedicated server PDF Abbreviation for Portable Document Format An electronically for matted document which uses the pdf extension Based on the Post Script format you can use the free Adobe Acrobat Reader software to view documents Pixel An image pixel The smallest unit of an image POP Abbreviation for Post Office Protocol A protocol for retrieving e mail messages from a mail server Currently POPS the third version of POP is most often used Port Number The number that identifies the transmission port for each process running on a computer on the
197. ically select the size closest to the size of the document However Letter size is selected for documents smaller than Letter size Touch Metric to specify metric sizes Mesa 100 bizhub 362 282 222 7 15 7L Internet faxing 7 4 Specifying additional functions You can add the following functions by pressing the Fax Scan key on the control panel then touching Menu on the screen that appears XQ Note If the optional fax kit has been installed Menu changes to Fax Menu amp Note The following functions have no effect even if settings have been specified File name on the Network tab E Mail Notification on the Network tab Item Description Setting 1 TSI Select the entered information such as this machine s name fax Set 1 number or address that is printed at the edge of the page In addition the destination name registered with a one touch dial button can be printed in this information For details on registering transmission source information refer to Registering transmission source names on page 10 5 TX Report Select under which conditions the transmission report is to be output Default Outputs according to the specifications of the administrator ON Prints regardless of the transmission results If TX Fails Prints only when undeliverable OFF Does not print regardless of the transmission results 2in1 Select whether to send using the 2i
198. ided TX Job List Specifying priority transmission 1 Touch Menu Fros Y100 If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX Menu 2 Touch Setting 2 then Priority TX Rainy If the optional fax kit has been TENI installed touch Set 2 then Setting1 i Priority TX Ep Setting 2 Fine E Touch the button again to cancel Ta Stamp the settings The button is highlighted masa 100 bizhub 362 282 222 7 23 7 Internet faxing Specifying timer transmission 1 Touch Menu If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX Menu 2 Touch Setting 2 then Timer TX SCANReady Fine aia cS CO SS SE If the optional fax kit has been installed touch Set 2 then Timer TX Setting Pree 100 3 Enter the time for transmission SCANReady i Touch Hour or Minute and TETA then type in the desired value l using the keypad Current Time 15 55 16 24 res 4 Touch Enter Touch OFF to cancel the setting 7 24 bizhub 362 282 222 Internet faxing Specifying the stamp setting 1 Touch Menu If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX Menu 2 Touch Setting 2 then Stamp If the optional fax kit has been installed touch Set 2 then Stamp 3 Select the print position of the stamp and then touch Enter SCANReady Fine setting 1 setting 2 Network JE
199. ifies whether or not the 0 Not included 2s log is included in the activity report during scan transmis 1 Included sions 0 _ 0 Do not change this bit when specifying settings for this function 10 44 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying management settings 10 Specifying switching of the SMTP server mode 371 Two SMTP servers can be registered for Scan to E Mail and Internet fax operations The SMTP server will be switched when a transmission error occurs Factory settings Bit 7654 3210 Setting 0100 0000 HEX 40 Specifying settings The shaded cells indicate the factory settings The page numbers on the right side refer to the descriptions for the corresponding function Bit Description Setting Description Page Ref erence 7 6 5 010 Do not change these bits when specifying settings for this function 4 Specifies operation of 0 The SMTP server is not page 3 19 the SMTP server switched when an error oc page 9 76 curs 1 The SMTP server is switched when an error oc curs 3 2 1 0 0000 Do not change these bits when specifying settings for this function bizhub 362 282 222 10 45 Specifying management settings Specifying the transmission interval when e mail messages are separated mode 372 You can specify the transmission interval when e mail messages are
200. ime 1 Press the Utility Counter key 2 Touch User Management 3 Touch Memory RX ON OFF Enter User Management Panel Confirma Alarm tion Beep Volume d Job Comp plete Beep Cleaning j Toner Memory RX Supply ON OF y we Pree 2 100 4 Ifthe Memory Lock Password setting METEEN was specified type in the password using the keypad and then touch Enter 5 Select Lock OFF and then touch Enter To stop printing in the middle of a print job touch Lock ON and then touch Enter To restart a stopped print job touch Temporarily Print Memory Lock RX cance Enter Lock ON Mara 100 6 Touch Enter until the initial screen appears 10 16 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying management settings 1 0 10 5 Specifying the transmission report printing conditions Report Settings You can specify the printing conditions for the transmission results and activity reports Settings can be specified for the following Item Description TX Report Select to print the transmission report sent to single destinations or broadcast ON Prints regardless of the transmission results If TX Fails Prints only when undeliverable OFF Does not print regardless of the transmission results Activity Report Select whether to print the activity report automatically every 50 transmissions Detail If Activity Report is set to ON the activity rep
201. in controller of Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008 The original document is sent as an image file in the TIFF format or PDF format You can specify that an e mail message be sent to notify the recipient of the location where the data was saved when the Scan to SMB operation is complete E mail Notification function Images in the TIFF format can be viewed with a TIFF viewer which is standard in Windows Images in the PDF format can be viewed with Adobe Reader This machine must be connected to a LAN and the network settings must be specified For details refer to Chapter 2 Setup on page 3 3 For details refer to Chapter 5 Scan to SMB on page 6 3 NS Client computer on Intranet bizhub 362 282 222 2 5 Features Scan to HDD Data specified for copying scanning or printing can be saved in a user box on the optional HDD The saved file can be printed downloaded or routed depending on the mode in which it was saved e The original document is sent as an image file in the TIFF format or PDF format e You can specify whether to have an e mail message sent to notify you of the location where the data was saved E mail Notification function e This machine must be connected to a LAN and the network settings must be specified For details refer to Chapter 2 Setup on page 3 3 e For details refer to User manual Box Operations a C
202. ination Utility Counter Li reh Search Results FEPESELAENI BESA ep Cancel Enter i Memeory400 Memory400 user01 user01 test local user02 user02 test local user03 user03 test local Memory1 00 bizhub 362 282 222 8 7 Using an LDAP server 12 Enter the destination information Search Mma l uae and then touch Set Cs Full Name user01 E Mail user01 test local Last Name sanagawa FirstName tarou Department design Company ABC City Fax 00112345678 13 Select the transmission method and then touch Enter Select transmission method Search TX Method InternetFAX Memory 9g 14 Check the information to be ore 015 registered and then touch Enter One Touch Name user01 Communication Mode Internet FAX Destination user01 test local 15 Touch Enter until the initial screen appears bizhub 362 282 222 9 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection BE 9 9 1 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection Items that can be specified using PageScope Web Connection PageScope Web Connection is a device management utility supported by the HTTP server built into the device Using a Web browser on a computer connected to the network machine settings
203. ination touch Change Destination 6 24 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to SMB 6 6 5 Registering destinations Programming one touch dial button By registering a destination with a one touch dial button transmissions can be performed easily and accurately XQ Note If the Restrict One Touch Editing parameter on the Administrator Set screen displayed trom the Administrator Management screen is set to ON E Mail Input is added to the Administrator Management 1 screen and can be used to register change and delete one touch dial buttons For details on the Administrator Set screen refer to the User manual Copy Operations f the optional fax kit has been installed the E Mail Input changes to the FAX Settings can be specified for the following Item Description Remote Destination Name Type in the destination name that will appear on the one touch dial button Up to 12 characters can be entered Host Address Specifies the destination computer with an IP address or host name Directory Type in the file path of the destination folder Up to 128 charac ters can be entered Note A shared folder created on the domain controller of Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008 cannot be specified User Name Type in the login name for the destination computer Up to 32 characters can be entered Password Type in the login password for the destination computer Up to 14 char
204. ins with AWM BW MLL the entered name OW Pree 100 5 Touch the desired one touch dial SCANReady Fine button You can specify multiple destinations for simultaneous transmission with the same one touch dial button Up to 300 destinations can be specified at a time Pree 100 bizhub 362 282 222 5 7 Scan to FTP 6 Specify the Quality amp Reduction settings for the original document to be sent For details refer to Specifying the scanning quality and zoom ratio on page 5 9 7 Specify the necessary Menu settings If the optional fax kit has been installed specify the FAX Menu settings For details refer to Specifying additional functions on page 5 13 8 Press the Start key SCANReady Fine one touch Search Fees Menu Density ne Reduction Area 4 AJE me A Ox 10x 200 400x400 Text Photo GSR Super GSR Mee 7 Y 100 SCANReady Fine One Touch Search Parast resies i Setting 1 Setting 2 TSI only Ooo a Em sides Tx Job List Fros 2 Y100 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to FTP 5 2 Specifying the scanning quality and zoom ratio You can specify the scan quality and zoom ratio by touching Quality amp Reduction in the screen that appears when the Fax Scan key on the control panel is pressed Q Detail When the transmission is complete the specified settings return to their defaults Quality Y
205. inute and then type in the desired value using the keypad Touch Enter Touch OFF to cancel the setting SCANReady Fine pete sun poet Irs sewing Hsoting2 ani TX Tssa Stamp Fros Y 100 saa Fine One Touen Search festat Prion 15 55 Current Time 16 24 Job List Meer 100 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to SMB Specifying the stamp setting 1 Touch Menu If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX Menu 2 Touch Setting 2 then Stamp If the optional fax kit has been installed touch Set 2 then Stamp 3 Select the print position of the stamp and then touch Enter Sear Fine Eseting a seting2 Sai T Sng Stamp 1 Fros Y 100 SCANReady Fine Quality amp Reduction g l ls Lead amp Trail OFF Job List 6 20 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to SMB 6 Specifying the e mail notification destination When the transmission of the data is complete an e mail message can be sent to the destination specified in the URL of the upload destination 1 Touch Menu SCANReady Fine If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX Menu Job List 2 Touch Network then Email SCANReady Fine Neel SS soaren ese ess If the optional fax kit has been installed touch Net then Email Notification seuss Raas Ele Name Job List 3 Select the destination address and t
206. ired binding margin SCANReady Fine peanae Ore mouen soaren sz ess monu Left Bind The document is Setti Setti E scanned with a binding marginon _2 Sided Tx OFF _ _ Enter the left side Original Bind Direction erga Top Bind The document is scanned with a binding margin at the top Auto The binding margin is set according to the scanning direction Top Bind Auto Job List 4 Touch Original Direction 5 Select the orientation of the SCANReady Fine document and then touch Enter Auto The long side of the document is automatically set as the binding position 6 Touch Enter Touch OFF to cancel the setting bizhub 362 282 222 7 21 7 Internet faxing Q Detail When loading a double sided document with pages of different widths we recommend loading the pages with the same orientation When a document with pages of different orientations is scanned the orientation of the image data may not be correct 7 22 bizhub 362 282 222 Internet faxing Specifying rotation transmission 1 Touch Menu If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX Menu 2 Touch Setting 1 then Rotation TX RANI pu Ifthe optional fax kit has been search Piss installed touch Set 1 then Setting 1 Rotation TX TSI only Touch the button again to cancel the settings im gg Ape The button is highlighted Em 2 S
207. ist wemery 400 3 Type in the file name and then touch File Name Enter Touch OFF to cancel the setting Itis not necessary to type ina extension Job List Pree 100 bizhub 362 282 222 5 21 5 Scan to FTP 5 4 If transmission could not be completed If the transmission could not be completed correctly a transmission report is printed Detail You can change the transmission report printing conditions For details refer to Specifying the transmission report printing conditions Report Settings on page 10 77 Viewing a transmission report 2 PA The following document has not been transmitted Try to retransmit TUE APR 19 2006 10 23 L CHICAGO User Account SALES DOCUMENT 6614316 761 DESTINATION NEW YORK TIME STORED APR 1910 09 ADDRESS 192 168 1 10 TX START APR 1910 22 DURATION 1 min 30 sec MODE FTP PAGES page RESULT EDO9C6 i 3 4 IMAGE 5 No Item Description 1 Report output date and time Shows the date and time that the report was printed 2 Transmission source information TSI Shows the registered transmission source name 3 Transmission information Prints the document number the duration of the transmission and the transmission mode 5 22 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to FTP No Item Description 4 Transmission result Shows the transmission result Any of the following may app
208. ists 11 11 2 Checking the reception conditions RX Report The reception activity report RX Report shows the document number start date and time of the reception duration of the reception destination mode number of pages received and the transmission results Printing a reception activity report 1 Press the Utility Counter key 2 Touch Reports 3 Touch RX Report The reception activity report is printed Utility Counter T EA Utility Counter Print List TX Report RX Report One Touch List Mail Program List bizhub 362 282 222 11 Reports and lists Contents of the report 1 2 P 1 RX REPORT TUE MAR 29 2006 16 09 L TOKYO DOCUMENT RX START DATE DURAION DESTINATION MODE PAGES RESULT User Account 3714316 753 MAR22 20 32 49 ibaraki xyz co jp Email 2 OK 3502268 511 MAR22 21 00 28 kikaku xyz co jp Email 1 OK user01 3714316 753 MAR23 9 18 26 192 168 1 30 IP RX 1 OK 3714316 756 MAR23 9 55 48 192 168 1 40 IP RX 2 OK 6080361 236 MAR23 10 03 50 eigyou xyz cojp Email 2 oK 5114316 768 MAR23 14 00 25 chiba xyz co jp Email 1 OK soy y oo L J I 3 4 5 6 7 No Item Description 1 TSI Shows the name and address of the transmission source 2 Report output date and time Shows the date and time that the report was printed 3 Mode Shows the mode used for transmission The follo
209. l destinations appears Fie Ue vew Favortes Toos Help N Reaily to Sean i Ready t Print Forward w Administrator Forward to Adnaustratos Select Forwarding Destinatan Select the address of the forwarding destination and then click Apply Only one address can be selected Click Apply bizhub 362 282 222 9 57 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 12 RX Document Administrator mode The method for processing a received document can be specified This can be specified only for documents received over a network The following processing methods are available e Processing documents received on each line Port Specify the operation performed such as printing or forwarding the received document for each line where a document is received e Processing all other received documents All Other Documents Specify the processing method of documents received on lines other than ports If Port is clicked settings can be specified for the following Item Description Distribution Select whether or not an operation is performed when a document is received Conditions on the selected line Auto Select this setting to not process the received document Specifies Select this setting to specify where the received document is saved or forwarded RX Doc Set When Distribution Conditions is set to Specified select the processing tings method for the received doc
210. ld you like to open the file or save it to your computer Always ask before opening this type of file bizhub 362 282 222 9 43 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 5 Specify the directory where the data is to be saved The file name can also be changed Save in B My Documents my eBooks ry Music My Recent Gry Pictures Documents v0100_ins250b Desktop My Documents My Computer File name OneTouchT extData txt My Network Save as type Text Document 6 Click Save The exported data is saved in the specified directory bizhub 362 282 222 9 44 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 Importing files The one touch dial button data that was saved on a computer can be imported and written to this machine 1 In the Administrator mode click the Scan tab If the optional fax kit has been installed click the Fax Scan tab For the procedure to log on to Administrator mode refer to Logging on to Administrator mode on page 9 11 2 Click One Touch Key Registration then Import 3 Click Browse Fle Edt View Fawortes Tools Help OEA Ready w Sean E Ready w Print F The One Touch Key Regstration Information on a file is mad into device Execute Clear bizhub 362 282 222 9 45 9 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 4 Select the file to be imported and then click Open
211. mm Menu Momar 100 4 Select a setting and then touch Select default Quality Enter Inthe Default Quality screen select the desired quality Utility Counter Default Quality AS AG 200x100 200x200 Fine SuperFine Ea M A Meorecey 100 Inthe Default Density screen select the desired density by touching Light or Dark Select default Density Utility Counter Default Density enter da 0Oe ep Light Std Dark Meomesy 100 10 8 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying management settings 1 0 Inthe Com Mode screen select Select default Communication Mode the desired communication Utility Counter m a a GomMode cancer enter J rc memory 100 5 Touch Enter Quality Mode Default Quality Fine Default Density doomoop Communication Mode E Mail memory 100 6 Touch Enter until the initial screen appears bizhub 362 282 222 10 9 41 0 Specifying management settings Specifying Comm Menu settings 1 Enter Administrator mode and then touch Admin 1 2 Touch TX Settings Utility Counter Administrator Management 1 Esing _ Admin Set User Auth 4 TX Settings RX Settings Print Lists Memory 100 Free 3 Touch Comm Menu TX Settings Quality Mode Comm Menu 4 Select a setting and then touch Enter Select TSI print position
212. mmunication modes can be specified for the secondary destination PC E Mail PC Scanner InternetFAX Internet FAX InternetFAX IP TX InternetFAX IP Relay FAX G3 The communication mode can be specified if the optional scanner unit or fax kit is installed The communication mode can be specified if the optional fax kit is installed 4 32 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to E Mail 4 Settings can be specified for the following Item Description One Touch Name Type in the destination name that will appear on the one touch dial button Up to 12 characters can be entered Destination Type in the destination e mail address Up to 64 characters can be en tered File Type Select the file format TIFF or PDF for sending files Coding Method Select either MH or MMR as the encoding method for the selected file format The data capacity is lowest with MMR and highest with MH To program a one touch dial button 1 Press the Utility Counter key Utility Counter 2 Touch User Setting Utility Counter User Total g Managemen Counter 357 Total Copy management Reports Counter 285 Printer Total Setting Copy Siz 3 Touch E Mail Input If the optional fax kit has been Utility Counter installed touch FAX User Setting Users E Mail hoice Input Mos 100 bizhub 362 282 222 4 33 4 Scan to E Mail 4 To
213. mory 100 6 Touch Enter until the initial screen appears bizhub 362 282 222 10 13 10 Specifying management settings To specify the Memory Lock Password setting 1 2 3 4 5 Log on to the administrator mode and then touch Admin 1 Touch RX Settings Touch Memory RX Time Setting Touch Memory Lock Password Touch New Password type in the password and then touch Enter Type in a four digit password using the keypad To erase the entered text press the C clear key Utility Counter Administrator Management 1 Esing _ Admin Set User Auth 4 TX Settings RX Settings Print Lists Pree 100 RX Settings Minne Setting 4 Momcsz 100 Memory Lock Time Utility Counter Memory Lock Timer Switch n Memory Lock Time Disable Memory Lock Password Mere 100 Change password Utility Counter Change Password E Confirm New Password Momesy 100 10 14 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying management settings 1 0 6 Touch Confirm New Password Change password type in the password again and then touch Enter Change Paseword eset ener Confirm New Password mMomesy 100 7 Touch Enter until the initial screen appears bizhub 362 282 222 10 15 10 Specifying management settings To print manually Use the following procedure to print outside of the specified t
214. ms and one touch button may not exceed 540 Up to 300 destinations can be registered per mail program eee Note To use the Stamp function optional stamp unit must be installed Q Detail For procedures on specifying settings for the various operations refer to the following pages Scan to E Mail o 4 11 p 4 14 Scan to FTP p 5 9 p 5 13 Scan to SMB p 6 9 p 6 13 Scan to E HDD User manual Box Operations Internet fax p 7 10 p 7 12 4 42 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to E Mail 4 To register a mail program 1 Press the Utility Counter key Utility Counter A 2 Touch User Setting exit sexing Sounter 357 Seane 285 Total Copy Size 3 Touch E Mail Input If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX User Setting 4 Touch Mail Program If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX Program EEE emer One Touch Index aj Mail Program memory 100 bizhub 362 282 222 4 43 Scan to E Mail Touch the one touch dial button to be registered eae a Touch an Index tab or Index Cejn us Le UIndextist J List then the desired one touch Tokyo Osaka Nagoya Fukuok dial button a Type in the program name which will Program Name Cancel appear on the one touch dial button Ce oe and then touch Next Cee Ewe Roe The program name c
215. n Utility Counter received by the POP3 server itis User Management received and printed E BRE Toner Memory RX Supply ON OF POP3 RX ao MSO 100 A mark is displayed at the bottom of the screen during reception DuCane User Management Confirma Alarm tion Beep Volume Job Comp Panel plete Beep Cleaning j Toner Memory RX Supply ON OF POP3 RX ao MSM Ory 100 When reception is complete touch Enter until the initial screen appears 7 32 bizhub 362 282 222 Internet faxing 7 7 7 Registering destinations Programming a one touch dial button By registering a destination with a one touch dial button transmissions can be performed easily and accurately You can register two types of destinations with a one touch dial button a main destination and a secondary destination where the data is sent if transmission to the main destination fails Note A secondary recipient can be specified if the optional scanner unit or fax kit is installed f the Restrict One Touch Editing parameter on the Administrator Set screen displayed trom the Administrator Management screen is set to ON E Mail Input is added to the Administrator Management 7 screen and can be used to register change and delete one touch dial buttons For details on the Administrator Set screen refer to the User manual Facsimile Operations f the optional fax kit has been installed the E Mail
216. n appears 4 36 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to E Mail 4 Copying a one touch dial button 1 Perform steps 1 through 4 of the procedure in To program a one touch dial button 2 Touch the one touch dial button to be copied 3 Touch One Touch then One One 014 Touch Copy One Touch Copy Me Free Y100 4 Touch the one touch dial button Select the One Touch key where the information is copied to ne Touch Cop C eJn us O eis Tokyo Osaka Nagoya Fukuok Select a one touch dial button that has not yet been programmed a To deselect the one touch dial ee ee a a button where the information is to Bh ai Cente me 2 be copied to touch the selected one touch dial button again Memory 100 5 Touch Enter until the initial screen appears bizhub 362 282 222 4 37 Scan to E Mail Registering deleting a secondary destination VY A secondary recipient can be specified if the optional scanner unit or fax 4 5 6 kit is installed Perform steps 1 through 4 of the procedure in To program a one touch dial button Touch the one touch dial button where the secondary destination is to be registered Touch One Touch then Sub Address Registration Select the communication mode for the secondary destination f mode 476 of the software switch settings was changed only communication modes that can be selected appear Fo
217. n1 function printing two pages to fit on one page 2 Sided TX Select whether to perform double sided transmission You can spec ify the position of the binding margin and the document orientation Rotation TX Select whether to rotate the image according to the paper orientation of the receiving machine The quality can be specified as 200 dpi or less when sending A4 size Setting 2 Priority TX Select whether a job is given priority over others Set 2 Timer TX Select whether to set the send time Specifies the send time when Setting ON is selected Stamp Specify whether the document is stamped to indicate that it has been scanned The document must be loaded into the ADF Note To use the Stamp function optional stamp unit must be installed 7 16 bizhub 362 282 222 Internet faxing Item Network Net Description Subject Se The subject line of an e mail message can be selected from subject lection lines registered in advance Reply Ad Displays the e mail address of this machine as the sender of the e dress mail message When specifying e mail addresses other than that of this machine select an address from a registered one touch dial but ton File Name Enter when a set file name is to be specified as the file name when saving the file Up to 16 characters can be entered XQ Note The file name in Network functions only when the desti na
218. ndary recipient can also be registered with the one touch dial destination in case the transmission to the main recipient failed In addition the index name can be specified amp eee Note The secondary recipient can be specitied when the optional scanner unit s installed 36 indexes can be registered on this machine and up to 15 one touch dial buttons and fax programs can be registered in each index The following destination types can be registered here Item Description TX PC E mail Register a recipient of a Scan to E Mail operation TX PC FTP Server Register a recipient of a Scan to FTP operation TX Internet FAX Register a recipient of an Internet fax operation TX PC SMB Register a recipient of a Scan to SMB operation bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 The following parameters are available on the page for each communication mode When TX PC E mail is selected Fie Cok wew Favontes Took Help GA Ready t Sean EH Ready m Print Adraniateator Password DIO A A TN LFPaSSaSaS gt gt E E gt ______ a Destination Address Pile Type Coding Method Item Description One Touch Name Type in the name of the recipient that will appear as the name of the one touch dial destination Up to 12 characters can be entered Destination Address Type in the e mail address of the recipie
219. neereaes 3 4 To specify initial network SettingS cccccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 7 3 3 Basie Setting S aeaaea e aaea aie he dice cies Eanair aaea ainara asaina ina 3 9 SettiNgS i a rior ankers tansa a r Nana a ANE ATE SENLA AEAEE R TARESTE ERNA 3 9 DHGP mirti a aaa aa reaa a Eae EA EERE 3 10 IPAddress Setting istrina aea Ai 3 11 Subnet Mask otras ana dadea aR ai adaa aa Aa Taaa aE aT EAE 3 12 GateWay vis dich aint a a aa raai 3 13 Network Board Set 0 ccccccceeeesseeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeesaaeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 14 To specify the network board settings ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 14 3 4 DNS Settings iis scceecdecsececsescs ceceaedsetacicecciseneceeeeesccateeceessausecedecedeneccds 3 15 DNS Setting s ieniaiie enced ei ee ae 3 16 Host Name 1 taie ahhh ee NE Se ea eel te el 3 16 Domain Name oi esinaine eee eee tect a n Ea rria 3 17 DNS Server Address ccceeeeesceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeseaneeeeeeseaeeees 3 17 3 5 Machine Name wiciccccveccscccereectcecetevsencisceertvadisccceevectcnectevedieaedesvecuenecnt 3 18 To specify the machine NAME eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteneetetsaeeeeeneeteneeees 3 18 3 6 SMTP Settings aerer eee eect eee cede rat eaa cece eaaa ainakaa aeai 3 19 SMITP Server Address s c Ait este Aa aaa aa eden anapa aaa 3 20 E Mail Address s2 cciiasxiecacscnecteceathaseaieahenentsardesebeaiinh aeeicanteseeds 3 22 SMTP Authentication User Name c cccccceeeeeecee
220. network administrator Specify a setting when DNS Configuration is set to No DNS Query Select the time when a query to the DNS server is timed out Select 20 40 Timeout 80 160 320 or 640 seconds SLP Select whether to enable or disable SLP Service Location Protocol LPD Select whether to enable or disable LPD Line Printer Daemon If the setting of a parameter marked with is changed turn this machine off then on again bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 Nex Note When specifying an IP address or DNS server address the IP address cannot be specified to begin with 0 127 or a number greater than 224 bizhub 362 282 222 9 65 9 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection Specifying the TCP IP settings 1 In the Administrator mode click the Network tab For the procedure to log on to Administrator mode refer to Logging on to Administrator mode on page 9 11 2 Click Common Setting then TCP IP 3 Specify a setting for each parameter and then click Apply File Edt View Favorites Tools Help KONICA MINOLTA ZA Ready to Sean ras Web Connection GA Ready m Print ee TCP IP Config uration TCPAPI Enable DHCP Configurakon Desable IP Adrese Subnet Mask Gateway Address RAW Pont Enable RAW Port Number S100 1 6553 DNS Configurahion No Hort Name KMBT31FBB6 Domain Name D
221. ng conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgment FTP server This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit http www openssl org 4 Thenames OpenSSL Toolkit and OpenSSL Project must not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without prior written permission For written permission please contact openssl core openssl org 5 Products derived from this software may not be called OpenSSL nor may OpenSSL appear in their names without prior written permission of the OpenSSL Project 6 Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following acknowledgment This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit http Awww openssl org THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT AS IS AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJEC
222. ng the setting The shaded cells represent the factory settings The page numbers on the right refer to the descriptions of the corresponding functions Bit Description Setting Description Page Refer ence 7 6 5 An 000 Do not change these bits when specifying settings for this function 4 3 2 1 0 Specifies whether or 11001 Limited ss wenn nae not to limit authenti cation on Fax and 00000 Not limited Scan functions Reminder Do not specify settings for mode 479 other than those described in Specifying the setting Q Detail f user authentication is limited to Scan functions touch Account User Auth in the Administrator Management 1 screen and then select External Server as the user authentication method For details on the external server authentication settings refer to the User manual Copy Operations 10 60 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying management settings 1 0 10 9 Specifying SSL TLS settings The SSL TLS settings should be specified When SSL TLS is enabled the communication between the machine and the client PC is encrypted to prevent leakage of information such as passwords Acquire SSL TLS certificates in PageScope Web Connection For details refer to SSL TLS Administrator mode on page 9 87 To specify SSL TLS settings 1 Enter Administrator mode and then touch Admin 2 2 Touch Security Setting or Management 2 Settings 4 Seeing
223. nnection with the FTP server is timed out Select tion Timeout from 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 and 300 seconds If the setting of a parameter marked with is changed turn this machine off then on again 9 84 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 Specifying the FTP settings 1 In the Administrator mode click the Network tab For the procedure to log on to Administrator mode refer to Logging on to Administrator mode on page 9 11 2 Click FTP Configuration 3 Specify a setting for each parameter and then click Apply Fie Edt View Favorites Tonks Help Log out Proxy IP Address IP Address Hoet Name Tor Number 21 043535 FIP Serves Enable FTP Connection Timeaut 120 See When changing a setup of mark reboot of Device is meeded Fon Cr 4 Click OK 5 Ifthe setting of a parameter marked with is changed turn this machine off then on again XQ Reminder When turning the machine off then on again with the main power switch wait about 10 seconds to turn the machine on after turning it off The machine may not operate correctly if it is turned on immediately after being turned off bizhub 362 282 222 9 85 9 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 20 SNMP Select whether or not SNMP is used Specifying the SNMP setting 1 In the Administrator mode click the Netw
224. nt File Type Select the format TIFF or PDF of the file that is to be sent Coding Method Select the coding method MH or MMR for the data to be sent The data amount with the MMR coding method is less than with the MH method bizhub 362 282 222 9 15 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection When TX PC FTP Server is selected Fle Edt wew Favorites Too Hep Admaniatsatos Password Login gt One Touch Key Registration EA Ready w Scan re Ready m Print a n ann TX PC FTP Server One Touch Name FIP Server Address IP Address Host Name Use Proxy Post Number Anonymous UserName Retype Password Duectory Passive Mode File Type Coding Method 1 435535 Desable Muki Page THF Y MH Apply Back Cancel Clear 9 16 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 Item Description One Touch Name Type in the name of the recipient that will appear as the name of the one touch dial destination Up to 12 characters can be entered FTP Server Address Type in the IP address or host name of the server where the data is to be uploaded Note The host name can be entered if DNS Setting in the Net work Setting screen is set to YES Use Proxy Select whether to use a proxy server when uploading data Port Number Enter the server port number Enter a numeric value within th
225. nter Auto The long side of the document is automatically set as the binding position 6 Touch Enter Touch OFF to cancel the settings 4 22 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to E Mail 4 Q Detail When loading a double sided document with pages of different widths we recommend loading the pages with the same orientation When a document with pages of different orientations is scanned the orientation of the image data may not be correct bizhub 362 282 222 4 23 Scan to E Mail Specifying priority transmission 1 2 Touch Menu If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX Menu Touch Setting 2 then Priority TX If the optional fax kit has been installed touch Set 2 then Priority TX Touch the button again to cancel the setting The button is highlighted Specifying timer transmission 1 Touch Menu SCANReady Fine ais in sg Stamp i menory 100 If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX Menu Touch Setting 2 then Timer TX SCANReady Fine pends oman soaren es ss If the optional fax kit has been installed touch Set 2 then Timer TX Setting Enter the time for transmission Touch Hour or Minute and Setting 1 Setting 2 Je 2 Priority TX Seting Stamp 4 SCANReady MITOY 100 bes then type in the desired value Setting 1 Setting 2 aa
226. nu 2 Touch Setting 1 then 2 Sided TX RAR If the optional fax kit has been installed touch Set 1 then 2 En Sided TX TSI onh Oma g 2in1 2 Sided TX CATIN E memerv100 3 Select the desired binding margin SCANReady Fine Peston one touch Search eest feisan menu Left Bind The document is scanned with a binding marginon_ 2 Sided Tx t Network orF__ Enter_ the left side Original Bind Direction Top Bind The document is A A scanned with a binding margin at the top Auto The binding margin is set according to the scanning direction 4 Touch Original Direction 5 Select the orientation of the SCANReady document and then touch Enter Auto The long side of the Left Bind Top Bind ae document is automatically set as the binding position 6 Touch Enter Touch OFF to cancel the settings bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to FTP 5 Q Detail When loading a double sided document with pages of different widths we recommend loading the pages with the same orientation When a document with pages of different orientations is scanned the orientation of the image data may not be correct bizhub 362 282 222 5 17 Scan to FTP Specifying priority transmission 1 2 Touch Menu If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX Menu Touch Setting 2 then Priority TX If the optional fa
227. o Specifying software switch settings machine functions on page 10 28 SMTP Authentication User Name SMTP Authentication Password If bit 4 of mode 377 is set to 1 in the Software Switch Setting screen two SMTP servers can be registered For details refer to Specifying software switch settings machine functions on page 10 28 bizhub 362 282 222 3 19 3 Setup SMTP Server Address 1 In the Network Setting screen touch SMTP Settings 2 Touch SMTP Server Address SMTP Settings SMTP Server Address E Mail Address 3 Type in the SMTP server address When DNS Setting is set to YES you can enter the IP address and the host name ee coca 4 To specify the host name touch SMTP Server A Server Address Cancel Enter _ Host Name type in the host name and then touch Enter sw V HOODOO WSW OOV sa ji 5 To change the port touch Port The Port screen appears 3 20 bizhub 362 282 222 Setup 3 6 Type in the port number using the keypad and then touch Enter To return to the default setting Enter Port Number touch Default 1to65535 peir Mee 100 7 Touch Enter bizhub 362 282 222 3 21 3 Setup E Mail Address 1 In the Network Setting screen touch SMTP Settings 2 Touch E Mail Address SMTP Settings SMTP Server Address e E Mail Address 3 Enter the e mail address o
228. o E Mail or Internet fax operation Other Specify other e mail transmission settings FTP Configuration Specify FTP server settings and FTP proxy server set tings SNMP Select whether or not SNMP is used SSL TLS When SSL TLS is enabled the communication between the machine and the client computer can be encrypted Specify settings for creating deleting or encrypting cer tificates User Authentication Displays the authentication type when External Server Authentication is specified Specify the server type and domain name to be used in authentication bizhub 362 282 222 9 5 9 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 2 Using PageScope Web Connection Operating environment Item Environment Network Ethernet TCP IP Computer applications For Windows NT 4 0 Microsoft Internet Explorer 4 or later or Netscape Naviga tor 4 73 or 7 0 For Windows 2000 Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 or later or Netscape Naviga tor 7 0 For Windows XP Server 2003 Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 or later or Netscape Naviga tor 7 0 For Windows Vista Server 2008 Microsoft Internet Explorer 7 or later or Netscape Naviga tor 7 0 With Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 5 the one touch dial buttons may not exported correctly Use Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 5 Service Pack 1 or later Q Detail PageScope Web Connection is a device management utility supported by the HTTP server built into
229. o page 3 29 Required settings for this ma chine have not been regis tered Specify the required network settings Refer to page 3 4 The same POP3 user name is being used by another e mail software and user Do not use the same POP3 user name with other e mail software The LAN cable is broken Replace the LAN cable Can be received but cannot be printed Data in a format that is not supported is attached or an email with no data is received Ask the sender to send a TIFF F file or text The received document has not been specified to be print ed To print the received document specify the received document to be printed Refer to page 10 12 page 10 22 Memory exceeded Print the saved documents decrease the memory usage of this machine and then ask the sender to send the data again Other causes Check the communication malfunction under Type in the job list and refer to the error code Refer to page 12 4 Binary code data is received printed Data is attached in a format other than MIME or the e mail is received via a server that does not support MIME When data is attached in a format other than MIME the binary code is printed as text This is not a machine malfunction Ask the sender to send the data in the MIME format The same docu ment is received many times Since the size of the e mail is too large a connection time out with the ser
230. ode1 Mode2 2m Raden Namo NEWYORK Communication mode FTP Destination 192 168 1 20 Pes 100 15 To specify the file type of the file to be saved and the encoding method touch Mode 1 16 Select the file format and encoding method and then touch Enter Select the desired file type and coding method for scan to e mail Utility Counter Scanning Mode File o Esing Method ES Co PDF Single Memory Free 100 17 Touch Enter until the initial screen appears 5 28 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to FTP 5 Changing or deleting a one touch dial button 1 Perform steps 1 through 4 of the procedure in To program a one touch dial button 2 Touch the one touch dial button to be changed or deleted Touch Enter One Touch If the specified one touch dial button is programmed as an administrator forwarding destination the screen for entering the administrator number appears 3 Touch the button for the information to be changed and then make the change To delete the information touch Remote Dest Delete ination Name a NEWYORK Communication mode FTP Destination 192 168 1 20 Mes 100 Free 4 Check the information to be registered and then touch Enter 5 Touch Enter until the initial screen appears bizhub 362 282 222 5 29 Scan to FTP Copying a one t
231. om a registered one touch dial button File Name Enter when a set file name is to be specified as the file name when sav ing the file Up to 16 characters can be entered 4 18 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to E Mail Changes to if the optional fax kit has been installed bizhub 362 282 222 4 19 4 Scan to E Mail Specifying the transmission report printing conditions You can specify the conditions for printing a transmission report TX Report The printing conditions for a transmission report are preset with the Report Settings parameters from the Administrator Management screen Select the appropriate printing condition Settings can be specified for the following Item Description Default Displays the printing conditions specified in Administrator Management screen ON Prints regardless of the results If TX Fails Prints when the transmission failed OFF Does not print regardless of the results To specify the transmission report printing conditions 1 Touch Menu If the optional fax kit has been SCANReady Fine installed tov Ee Ment Kasia En Ga SE 2 Touch Setting 1 then TX Report SCANReady Fine Ifthe optional fax kit has been one touch Search J Parese Paws installed touch Set 1 then TX Report Job List Moe 7 100 4 20 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to E Mail 3 Specify the desired printing conditions and then touc
232. on report are preset with the Report Settings parameters from the Administrator Management screen Select the appropriate printing condition 1 Touch Menu If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX Menu 2 Touch Setting 1 then TX Report SCANReady Fine If the optional fax kit has been search RSS installed touch Set 1 then TX setting1 Report TSI only aa ag Oe 3 Check the printing conditions and SCANReady Fine then touch Enter low soaren esse Pes TX Report E Single Dest IK Broadcast tx Fails ON If TX Fails OFF I Job List Memory 90 Free bizhub 362 282 222 7 19 7 Internet faxing Specifying 2in1 transmission 1 Touch Menu If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX Menu 2 Touch Setting 1 then 2in1 SCANReady Fine If the optional fax kit has been se installed touch Set 1 then ing 2in1 Touch the button again to cancel the settings The button is highlighted Job List 7 20 bizhub 362 282 222 Internet faxing 7 Specifying double sided transmission 1 Touch Menu If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX Menu 2 Touch Setting 1 then 2 Sided TX ESTETI No of Dest 0 test test local _ If the optional fax kit has been ne To ese e Ezd installed touch Set 1 then 2 Sided TX a 2in1 2 Sided TX 3 Select the des
233. on source name can be used with the following operations Item Description Internet fax Prints the name of the transmission source at the top of the page ae Note Up to 8 transmission source names can be registered Since multiple transmission sources can be registered the names for each destination and track can be used separately Transmission source names of up to 40 characters can be registered To register a transmission source name 1 Enter Administrator mode and then touch Admin 1 2 Touch Initial Setting 3 Touch TSI Registration Utility Counter Administrator Management 1 Setting Admin Set Account User Auth 4 TX Settings RX Settings Print Lists Sings Management 4 Fres 100 Initial Setting Date amp Time Language for Setting 4 Communication 4 TSI Registration Merss 100 bizhub 362 282 222 10 Specifying management settings 4 5 6 7 Select the number of the Saanane AP HS Wisse easta O tre sender at the receiving destina transmission source to be registered Type in the transmission source name and then touch Enter erer 100 Check the information to be registered and then touch Enter Touch Enter until the initial screen appears 10 6 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying management settings 1 0 10 3 Specifying transmission repo
234. ork tab For the procedure to log on to Administrator mode refer to Logging on to Administrator mode on page 9 11 2 Click SNMP 3 Specify a setting for each parameter and then click Apply fee J Pie Edt View Favorites Tools Help GA Ready to Scan i Ready to Print E gt Common Seting P EMaiV ternet FAX FTP Configuration 5j SNMP gt sr siame gt SSL TLS SNMP When changing a setup of mark reboot of Device is needed Apply Clear 4 After changing the settings turn the machine off then on again amp Reminder When turning the machine off then on again with the main power switch wait about 10 seconds to turn the machine on after turning it off The machine may not operate correctly if it is turned on immediately after being turned off 9 86 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 21 SSL TLS Administrator mode The SSL TLS settings can be specified When SSL TLS is enabled the communication between the machine and the client PC is encrypted to prevent information such as passwords from being leaked Certificates can be created and deleted and the SSL TLS status can be specified If Create a Self Signed Certificate is clicked settings can be specified for the following Item Description Common Name The machine s IP address is displayed When DHCP is enabled the host name i
235. ort contents can be outputted as a CSV file and sent by e mail to the administrator when the activity report is printed To manage the contents of the activity report as data specify the e mail address of the administrator For details on the specifying the e mail address of the administrator refer to the User manual Copy Operations bizhub 362 282 222 10 17 41 0 Specifying management settings Specifying TX Report settings 1 Enter Administrator mode and then touch Admin 1 2 Touch Report Settings Utility Counter Administrator Management 1 Esing _ _ Admin Set in Account User Auth 4 TX Settings RX Settings Print Lists Frec 7100 3 Touch TX Report Report Settings Activity Report ON Peper 100 l Specify the settings and then touch Enter Select TX Report Setting Utility Counter TxReport Cancer J enter Single Dest Broadcasting Parey 100 5 Touch Enter until the initial screen appears 10 18 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying management settings 1 0 Specifying the Activity Report settings 1 Enter Administrator mode and then touch Admin 1 2 Touch Report Settings Utility Counter Administrator Management 1 SBM _ Admin Set User Auth 4 TX Settings RX Settings Print Lists Pree 100 3 Touch Activity Report Report Settings Activity Report O
236. ortes Toos Help NE Ready to Sean GB Ready m Print a a Machine Name Division by Page Division by Size Of Size of Division 500 KB 16 2000 Interval of Division Transmission 15 Sec 1 255 E mul Mode TX Quatity Max B00dpi TX Sue Max wiz Coding Method MH Scan Mode DAW File Type BAW Coding Method Penis J civar bizhub 362 282 222 9 55 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 11 TX Document Administrator mode When sending documents from this machine the document can be forwarded simultaneously to the addresses specified by the administrator Specify the address of the forwarding destination XQ Note Select the forwarding recipient from a one touch dial destination Be sure to register the address of the forwarding recipient as a one touch dial destination in advance A document that was sent and forwarded cannot be forwarded to the administrator 9 56 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 Specifying the address of the forwarding destination 1 In the Administrator mode click the Scan tab If the optional fax kit has been installed click the Fax Scan tab For the procedure to log on to Administrator mode refer to Logging on to Administrator mode on page 9 11 Click TX Document Select the address of the forwarding destination Click Select Forwarding Destination The list of one touch dia
237. oting Scan to FTP Error code Cause Action EDO9C6 The LAN cable is not connect Check that the LAN cable is correctly ed or the destination address connected Also check that the settings is incorrect for the FTP server address port number and proxy server are correctly specified EDO9C7 The user name or password is Check the user name and password incorrect EDO9C8 The specified folder does not Check that the save destination folder exist exists and check the folder name EDO9C9 The FTP server capacity is full Free up disk space on the FTP server EDO9CA An error occurred when data Check that the FTP server is operating was being transferred properly or check that the LAN cable is not broken EFO9CF The protocol is incorrect Ask the administrator to deactivate the protocol usage restrictions or look for other delivery methods EDO9CC The FTP server is malfunction Check the status of the FTP server ing if other than the above EFO9CD Available memory is not suffi Expand the memory of this machine cient EFO9D0 Characters that cannot be Change the file name used have been entered 12 6 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan function troubleshooting Scan to SMB Error code Cause Action EDO9C6 The LAN cable is not connect Check that the LAN cable is correctly ed or the destination address connected Also check that the s
238. ou can select the scan resolution amount of details Select from the following resolution settings according to the type of document being scanned Item Description Standard For documents containing plain text such as handwriting Fine For documents containing small print such as newspapers or Super Fine detailed illustrations 600 dpi Text Text Photo For documents containing both text and images with color 600 dpi Text amp Photo shades such as photos GSR For documents containing color shades such as photos Super GSR 600 dpi Photo Q Detail f data is sent using the Text Photo setting moir patterns may appear in some photos To reduce the appearance of moir patterns send the data using the GSR or Super GSR setting When a high resolution is selected to send a clearer image the size of the attached image data may exceed the size limitations of the provider or server being used Before sending the data check the transmission capacity bizhub 362 282 222 5 9 2 To specify the scanning quality 1 Touch Quality amp Reduction Touch Quality and then touch the desired quality setting To select a higher resolution touch 600dpi Scan to FTP SCANReady Fine OneTouch Search nese feses Menu n Jus Le indextist Job List SCANReady Fine One Touch inset Resan Menu Quality Density Reductions a ii ae Bl a Text Photo GSR
239. ouch dial button 1 2 Perform steps 1 through 4 of the procedure in To program a one touch dial button Touch the one touch dial button to be copied Touch One Touch then One Touch Copy Touch the one touch dial button where the information is copied to Select a one touch dial button that has not yet been programmed To deselect the one touch dial button where the information is to be copied to touch the selected one touch dial button again Fosch 014 Tokyo2 One Touch Copy Mes 100 Select the One Touch key you wish to copy to One Touch Cop Cejn us O reis Tokyo Osaka Nagoya Fukuok Center Cente 4 2 Memory 100 Free Touch Enter until the initial screen appears 5 30 bizhub 362 2 82 222 6 Scan to SMB Scan to SMB 6 ME 6 6 1 Scan to SMB Specifying a destination with a one touch dial button You can transmit data simply by touching a one touch dial button if the secondary destination of the upload destination or a mail program has been registered with a one touch dial button in advance Q Detail For registering a one touch dial button refer to Registering destinations on page 6 25 For registering mail programs refer to Registering mail programs on page 4 41 Selecting a one touch dial button A one touch dial button can be selected in any of the following ways Use the appropriate method accor
240. owing functions by pressing the Fax Scan key on the control panel then touching Menu on the screen that appears Note If the optional fax kit has been installed Menu changes to Fax Menu amp eee Note The following functions and parameters have no effect even if settings have been specified TSI on the Setting 1 tab Rotation TX on the Setting 1 tab Subject Selection on the Network tab Reply Address on the Network tab Item Description Setting 1 TX Report Select under which conditions the transmission report is to be output Set 1 Default Outputs according to the specifications of the administrator ON Prints regardless of the transmission results If TX Fails Prints only when undeliverable OFF Does not print regardless of the transmission results 2in1 Select whether to send using the 2in1 function printing two pages to fit on one page 2 Sided TX Select whether to perform double sided transmission You can spec ify the position of the binding margin and the document orientation Setting 2 Priority TX Select whether a job is given priority over others Set 2 Timer TX Select whether to set the send time Specifies the send time when Setting ON is selected Stamp Specify whether the document is stamped to indicate that it has been scanned The document must be loaded into the ADF Note To use the Stamp function optional stamp unit must be in
241. page 10 28 SMTP Authentication User Name SMTP Authentication User Password If bit 4 of mode 371 is set to 1 in the Software Switch Setting screen two SMTP servers can be registered For details refer to Specifying software switch settings machine functions on page 10 28 bizhub 362 282 222 9 77 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection Subject Text Item Description Subject 1 to 4 The subject can be specified for sending data with the Scan to E Mail or In ternet fax operation Up to 4 subjects can be registered therefore subjects can be used depend ing on the contents of the transmission Up to 40 characters can be entered Text Type in the text attached to data sent with the Scan to E Mail or Internet fax operation Text that has been specified in advance is fixed text and text that can be specified freely is custom text The text entered here is registered as custom text Up to 256 characters can be entered Other Item Description Activity Report Specify whether to notify the destination of the results when an Internet fax is received RX Doc Head Select whether to print the e mail header on the first page of the received doc er Print ument when an Internet fax is printed TX Doc Text Text can be inserted into the text of data sent with the Scan to E Mail or In Insert ternet fax operation No Select this setting to not insert text For
242. r Currently IMAP4 the fourth version of IMAP is most often used 13 8 bizhub 362 282 222 Appendix 13 Term Definition Install To install hardware operating systems applications printer drivers on to a computer IPP Abbreviation for Internet Printing Protocol A protocol that sends and receives print data and controls printers over the Internet on a TCP IP network Data can also be sent to printers in remote areas to print over the Internet IP Address A code address that is used to identify individual network devices over the Internet A maximum of three digits for four numbers are displayed such as 192 168 1 10 IP addresses are assigned to devic es including computers which are connected to the Internet J2RE Abbreviation for Java 2 Runtime Environment One type of JavaVir tual Machine Java VM in a program operating environment written in the object oriented language Java developed by Sun Microsys tems This is required to run applications that were created with Java Java A programming language developed by Sun Microsystems which runs on most computers regardless of the installed hardware and operating system However in order to run Java applications an op erating environment called Java Virtual Machine Java VM is re quired JPEG Abbreviation for Joint Photographic Experts Group One of the file formats for saving image data The file extension is
243. r details refer to Specifying software switch settings machine functions on page 10 28 Enter the secondary destination information and then touch Enter Fosen 014 Cancel Enter co Duet One Touch neopy Switch Sub Main Addresses Mes Y 100 Select default Communication Mode Com Mode Enter_ Ex CM Scanner Peena 100 Rub Addres Pbestination Erca 1 mode 2 Communication Mode E Mail Destination Touch Enter until the initial screen appears 4 38 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to E Mail 4 Naming an index By classifying one touch dial buttons into indexes named for example Branches or Clients you can easily find a desired one touch dial button Q Detail An index name can contain up to 8 characters 36 indexes containing up to 15 one touch dial button can be programmed To name an index 1 Perform steps 1 through 3 of the procedure in To program a one touch dial button 2 Touch Index Utility Counter input aL Enter One Touch Index a Mail Program Meomery 100 3 Touch the index button to be Index programmed fo es Se SF eal en Jes IO SC E LLL LL ae a ee LLL JL LLL 172 et bizhub 362 282 222 4 39 4 Scan to E Mail 4 Type in the index name and then Index Name touch Enter gom M
244. r the procedure to log on to Administrator mode refer to Logging on to Administrator mode on page 9 11 2 Click Common Setting then LDAP Server Setting 3 Click a box containing for the LDAP server to be registered Fie Edt View Favorites Tools Hep O Dar O war2 bizhub 362 282 222 9 73 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 4 Specify a setting for each parameter File Edt View Favorites Tools Help EGA Ready to Sean EQ Ready i Print ee s LDAP Server Setting LDAP Server Name LDAP Server Address IP Address Host Name SSL TLS Disable Port Number xo 165535 Search Base Connection timeout Meamum number of Search Autherdicalzon Setting Doman Name Login Name Password Check connection 5 Click Apply 6 Click OK 9 74 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 Deleting an LDAP server 1 In the Administrator mode click the Network tab For the procedure to log on to Administrator mode refer to Logging on to Administrator mode on page 9 11 2 Click Common Setting then LDAP Server Setting 3 Select the check box of the LDAP server to be deleted Fle Edt View Favores Toole Help GP Ready to Sean GH Ready to Print O LDAPI E ar 4 Click Delete bizhub 362 282 222 9 75 9 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 18 E M
245. raa iaaa i aaan SAAR 3 42 3 11 LDAP Setting isiccs veces scececcees eceecvesetek ces ccc cet eden ech eccaes aasan na daai Nadian as 3 44 EDAP S archcctec celts Aas E E Aa EEE 3 44 LDAP Server Setting iaieiiea rarae daaa aeiaai 3 45 To specify the LDAP server SettingS ccccccseeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeee 3 46 Search Default Setting 2 2 cseeseseeceseeeeseeeeeeeeeeseneeeneeceeeeseneneees 3 48 3 12 IP Filtering e ne ea Acie aie ee ished ents edie 3 49 To specify IP filtering settings ee eeeseeeeeseeeeeneeeeeneeeesnneeeeeeees 3 49 3 13 Specifying e mail server SettingS ccsssseeceesssseeteeesesseeeeeeseeeees 3 51 To the network administrator ccccecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeenee 3 51 3 14 Entering a domain Name ccccsseeeeeeseseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeneeeees 3 52 Registering a domain NAME eseeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeeeeeseaeeeeenneeeeaees 3 52 Using a registered domain NAME eeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeseeeteneeeeeneee 3 54 3 15 Checking the network connection Ping cccesseeeeeeeseeeeees 3 55 To check the network CONNECTION cc ceeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 55 3 16 User authentication and account track cseccsseessseenseeensnenenes 3 56 User authentication and account track ccceccesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 56 If user authentication settings have been specified 3 57 If account track settings have been specified ceeeeeeeeeees 3 58 o E I
246. rectly specified the arrival of Internet faxes to the specified POPS server is periodically checked and faxes are received printed However if Auto RX Check in the POP3 Settings screen displayed from the Network Setting screen is set to Check OFF the data is stored in the POPS server and not printed In this case perform reception manually For details refer to Receiving Internet faxes manually on page 7 32 In addition you can specify whether to print the received document or save it in a box For details refer to Specifying the processing method for received documents Document Management on page 10 22 Data the can be received Data of the following formats can be received Text format TIFF F image Text and TIFF F image combination DSN and MDN The following formats may not be received e The file format of an original application Q Detail If the e mail message is in a format that cannot be received a result notification MDN is returned to the sender as described below TIFF and PDF files sent using Scan to E Mail Data forwarded to the Internet fax address bizhub 362 282 222 7 31 Internet faxing Receiving Internet faxes manually 1 2 Press the Utility Counter key Utility Counter E Touch User Management Utility Counter Setting Managemen Counter 357 Admin Total Copy _ Reports Counter _ 285 Touch POP3 RX When an Internet fax has bee
247. resolution 200 dpi 400 dpi or 600 dpi for the data Max to be sent as an Internet fax TX Size Max Select the maximum document size Letter Legal or 11 17 for the data to be sent as an Internet fax Coding Method Select the coding method MH MR or MMR for the data to be sent as an Internet fax The data amount for the coding methods increase as follows MMR MR MH Scan Mode B W File Type Select the format TIFF or PDF of the data that is to be saved when per forming the Scan to E Mail Scan to FTP Scan to SMB or Scan to HDD op eration If TIFF was selected the setting changes to Multi Page TIFF with the Scan to FTP Scan to SMB or Scan to HDD operation B W Coding Select the coding method MH or MMR for the data to be sent when per Method forming the Scan to E Mail Scan to FTP Scan to SMB or Scan to HDD op eration The data amount with the MMR coding method is less than with the MH method 9 54 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 Specifying the scan settings 1 In the Administrator mode click the Scan tab If the optional fax kit has been installed click the Fax Scan tab For the procedure to log on to Administrator mode refer to Logging on to Administrator mode on page 9 11 2 Click Scan Setting 3 Specify a setting for each parameter and then click Apply Fle de view Fav
248. ress From the e mail addresses registered with a one touch dial button you can specify the return e mail address displayed to the recipient V The reply address is printed by the receiving machine when Yes is specified in the RX Doc Header Print screen 1 Touch Menu If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX Menu 2 Touch Network then Reply SCANReady Fine Address one Toucn Search piset asten l T If the optional fax kit has been installed touch Net then Reply Address asean Raes File Name Job List Keper 100 3 Select a return address and then Select the One Touch key touch Enter to be the Reply E Mail Address Touch OFF to cancel the setting Center 2 Job List Memory 100 bizhub 362 282 222 7 27 Internet faxing Specifying a file name You can specify the file name of the image data to be attached in an e mail Up to 16 characters can be entered 1 Touch Menu If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX Menu 2 Touch Network then File Name If the optional fax kit has been installed touch Net then File Name 3 Type in the file name and then touch Enter Touch OFF to cancel the setting Itis not necessary to type in an extension XQ Note SCANReady Fine SCANReady Fine SeSSSn 4 AGGM ss File Name 4 Job List Memory 100 File Nam
249. reviation for Bitmap A file format for saving image data which uses the bmp extension Commonly used on Windows platforms You can specify the color depth from monochrome 2 values to full color 16 777 216 colors Images are not usually compressed when saved Byte Unit of information data quantity on a computer or printer Config ured as 1 byte equals 8 bits Client A computer that uses the services provided by a server through a network Contrast The difference in intensity between the light and dark parts of the im age light dark variation An image with little light dark variation is said to have a low contrast and an image with large light dark vari ation is said to have a high contrast CSV Abbreviation for Comma Separated Values One of the formats for saving database or spreadsheet data as a text file The file extension is csv The data which is separated by commas as the delimiter can be shared by different applications Default The initial settings The settings first selected when the machine is turned on or the settings first specified when the function is select ed Default Gateway A device such as a computer or router used as a gateway to ac cess computers not on the same LAN Density An indication of the amount of darkness in the image bizhub 362 282 222 13 7 13 Appendix Term Definition DHCP Abbreviation for Dynamic
250. rs in the page for the selected communication mode For details on the parameters refer to One Touch Key Registration User mode on page 9 14 9 30 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 Deleting a one touch dial destination 1 Click the Scan tab If the optional fax kit has been installed click the Fax Scan tab Click One Touch Key Registration From the Index list click the index that contains the one touch dial destination that is to be deleted The one touch dial destinations saved in the selected index appear at the bottom of the page Fie COR wew Favontes Took Hep Op Realy tw Scan re Ready m Print Adsaniatratos Password Index 1 3 Apply D amp vo O a wou 0 Swe OSAKA NAGOYA FUKUOKA o aw IFAX bizhub 362 282 222 9 31 9 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 4 Select the check box of the one touch dial destination that is to be deleted A one touch dial button programmed as an administrator forwarding destination cannot be selected Fie Coe wew Favontes Took Hep Ep Ready w Scan EGP Ready m Prim Adsrdnisteator Password teri eee Apply D a sw O Swe OSAKA FUKUOKA 5 Click Delete 9 32 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 9 4 FAX Program Registration User mode Fax programs can be regist
251. rt settings TX Settings You can specify the default settings for transmission Settings can be specified for the following Item Description Quality Mode Default Quality Specify the quality default value that is reset after an operation is completed Default Density Specify the density default value that is reset after an operation is completed Communication Mode Specify the communication mode default value that is reset af ter an operation is completed Select from PC e mail or Inter net FAX Internet FAX Comm Menu TSI Select the transmission source name OFF Does not attach the transmission source name Inside Body Text Prints the transmission source name on the original document Outside Body Text Does not print the transmission source name on the original document Rotation TX Specify whether to reset the rotation transmission after an op eration is completed 2 Sided TX Specify whether to reset the duplex transmission after an oper ation is completed bizhub 362 282 222 10 7 1 0 Specifying management settings Specifying the Quality Mode settings 1 Enter Administrator mode and then touch Admin 1 2 Touch TX Settings Utility Counter Administrator Management 1 Seting _ Admin Set_ User Auth 4 TX Settings RX Settings Print Lists Frec 7100 3 Touch Quality Mode Tx Settings eg Settings Quality Mode Co
252. s refer to Registering a domain name on page 3 52 To change an entered address Cancel Back Next Ce bet Dower WEOE DVOVOD Froe 2100 press the C clear key and then enter a new address 9 To change TX Size Max TX Quality Max or Coding Method which have been specified in advance by the administrator touch E Mail Mode specify the settings and then touch Enter 10 Check the information to be registered and then touch Enter Select E Mail Mode E Mail Mode TX Size Max TX Quality Max Coding Method 1x17 1 600dpi MH Pree 100 One Touch Name Communication Mode CLL Destination NEW YORK Internet FAX newyork com Meray 100 11 Touch Enter until the initial screen appears 7 36 bizhub 362 282 222 Internet faxing 7 Changing or deleting a one touch dial button 1 Perform steps 1 through 4 of the procedure in To program a one touch dial button 2 Touch the one touch dial button to be changed or deleted Touch Enter One Touch If the specified one touch dial button is programmed as an administrator forwarding destination the screen for entering the administrator number appears 3 Touch the button for the information One 014 to be changed and then make the SPE change To delete the information touch D elet
253. s been registered in advance For details on registering subject text refer to E Mail Internet FAX Administrator mode on page 9 76 Set Reply E Mail Address The e mail address of this machine is displayed as the e mail reply destination To select an e mail address other than that of this ma chine click Select Reply E Mail Address and select an e mail ad dress from those registered with one touch dial destinations E Mail Notification Desti Specify the e mail address where notification of the URL of the nation data location is sent when performing the Scan to FTP Scan to SMB or Scan to HDD operation Click Select E Mail Notification Destination and then select an e mail address from those regis tered with one touch dial destinations Set File Name Type in a file name to specify the name of the file being saved Up to 16 characters can be entered Detail For procedures on specifying settings for the various operations refer to the following pages Scan to E Mail p 4 11 p 4 14 Scan to FTP p 5 9 p 5 13 Scan to SMB p 6 9 p 6 13 Scan to E HDD User manual Box Operations Internet fax p 7 10 p 7 12 bizhub 362 282 222 9 35 9 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection Registering fax programs Y To specify the recipient of a fax program register the recipient with a one touch dial destination in advance 1 Click the Scan tab If the optional
254. s such as photos Super GSR 600 dpi Photo Q Detail f data is sent using the Text Photo setting moir patterns may appear in some photos To reduce the appearance of moir patterns send the data using the GSR or Super GSR setting When a high resolution is selected to send a clearer image the size of the attached image data may exceed the size limitations of the provider or server being used Before sending the data check the transmission capacity bizhub 362 282 222 6 9 2 To specify the scanning quality 1 Touch Quality amp Reduction Touch Quality and then touch the desired quality setting To select a higher resolution touch 600dpi Scan to SMB SCANReady Fine OneTouch Search nese feses Menu n Jus Le indextist Job List SCANReady Fine One Touch inset Resan Menu Quality Density Reductions a ii ae Bl a Text Photo GSR Super GSR Fros Y 100 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to SMB 6 Density According to the type of document being sent select the appropriate density from the settings described below Item Description Light For documents with a dark background color such as newspa t pers and blueprints Std ie For normal documents Dark For documents with faint or colored text Detail lf 600 dpi Text or 600 dpi Text amp Photo is selected the density can be set to one of three levels Light
255. s displayed Organization Enter the organization name or group name Up to 63 ASCII characters Organization Unit Enter the department name Up to 63 ASCII characters Locality Enter the locality name Up to 127 ASCII characters State Province Enter the state or province name Up to 127 ASCII characters Country Type in the two character country code defined by IS003166 2 United States US United Kingdom GB Italy IT Australia AU Netherlands NL Canada CA Spain ES Czech Republic CZ China CN Denmark DK Germany DE Japan JP France FR Belgium BE Russia RU Validity Start Date The valid start date date and time when this screen is displayed is displayed Validity Period day Enter the number of days that the certificate is valid from the valid start date The input range is 1 to 3650 Encryption Strength Specify the SSL TLS encryption type Specify settings for the following in order to specify the SSL TLS settings Item Description SSL TLS Select whether SSL TLS is enabled or disabled Encryption Select the encryption type Strength bizhub 362 282 222 9 87 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection When a certificate is created When a certificate is created with SSL TLS enabled the settings appear as shown in the following page Fle Edt View Favorites Tools Heip Encryption Strength ig panna RC
256. s using PageScope Web Connection 9 Web browser cache The newest information may not appear in the PageScope Web Connection pages because older versions of pages are saved in the cache for the Web browser In addition problems may occur when the cache is used When using PageScope Web Connection disable the cache for the Web browser Q Detail If the utility is used with the cache enabled and Administrator mode was timed out the timeout page may appear even after the utility is accessed again In addition since the machine s control panel remains locked and cannot be used the machine must be restarted In order to avoid this problem disable the cache amp eee Note The menus and commands may vary depending on the Web browser version For details refer to the Help for the Web browser For Internet Explorer On the Tools menu click Internet Options a On the General tab click Settings under Temporary Internet files Select Every visit to the page and then click OK For Netscape 1 On the Edit menu click Preferences 2 In the Category box click Advanced then Cache Under Compare the page in the cache to the page on the network select Every time view the page bizhub 362 282 222 9 13 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection One Touch Key Registration User mode The recipients of scanned data can be registered with one touch dial destinations A seco
257. seconds Other Do not specify other set tings than the above 3 2 1 0 0000 Do not change these bits when specifying settings for this function Ofter changing the settings the machine must be turned off then on again XQ Reminder When turning the machine off then on again with the main power switch wait about 10 seconds to turn the machine on after turning it off The machine may not operate correctly if it is turned on immediately after being turned off bizhub 362 282 222 10 39 1 0 Specifying management settings Specifying SMTP reception timeout settings mode 357 You can specify the time until a timeout of the SMTP server connection occurs when receiving e mail messages Factory settings Bit 7654 3210 Setting 0100 0000 HEX 40 Specifying settings The shaded cells represent the factory settings The page numbers on the right refer to the descriptions of the corresponding functions Bit Description Setting Description Page Refer ence 7 6 5 4 Specifies the time until a 0001 30 seconds timeout of the SMTP server connection occurs when 0010 60 seconds sending e mail messages 0011 90 seconds 0100 120 seconds 0101 150 seconds 0110 180 seconds 0111 210 seconds 1000 240 seconds 1001 270 seconds 1010 300 seconds Other Do not specify other set tings than the abov
258. seeeeeeeeeseeteeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 9 55 9 11 TX Document Administrator MOde ceccesseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 9 56 Specifying the address of the forwarding destination 9 57 9 12 RX Document Administrator mode Specifying the processing of received documents at each line 9 59 Specifying the processing of other received documents 9 61 9 13 Report Settings Administrator mode ccesseeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeee 9 62 Specifying the report output settings 2 eee eeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 9 63 9 14 TCP IP Administrator mode ccccssseeeeeseseeeeeesseseeeeeessseeeeneeseees 9 64 Specifying the TCP IP settings eeesseesseeeeeneeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 9 66 9 15 IP Filtering 4 ccc ieee eee ae i ae ei ee aa riaan aa kaa daaa Saaai 9 68 To specify IP filtering SettiNGS c cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteee 9 69 9 16 LDAP Administrator MOde ccccssseeeeesesseeeeeeseneeeeeeeseneeeeeeeseees 9 70 Specifying the LDAP settings ceeseeeeseeeesseeeeeneeeeeeeeeeneeeees 9 70 9 17 LDAP Server Setting Administrator mode cceseeseeteeeees 9 71 Registering an LDAP Server esseesseeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeaeeeseeeeeeeaeeteaes 9 73 Deleting an LDAP Serve cccc cceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeseeeeeeteeneeeeeeeennaeees 9 75 9 18 E Mail Internet FAX Administrator MOde cccsseeeeeeeseees 9 76 Specifying the POPS settings Specifying the S
259. separated Factory settings Bit 7654 3210 Setting 0000 1111 HEX OF Specifying settings The shaded cells represent the factory settings The page numbers on the right refer to the descriptions of the corresponding functions Bit Description Setting Description Page Ref erence 7 6 5 4 Specifies the transmis 00000101 5 seconds page 3 35 3 2 1 0 sion interval when email messages are separat 00001010 10 seconds ed 00001111 15 seconds 00011110 30 seconds 00111100 60 seconds 01011010 90 seconds 01111000 120 seconds 10010110 150 seconds 10110100 180 seconds 11010010 210 seconds 11110000 240 seconds 00000000 Do not specify this status Settings between 0000 0001 HEX 01 1 second and 1111 1111 HEX FF 255 seconds can be specified When specifying the value refer to the HEX selection table bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying management settings 10 Specifying the Internet fax full mode function settings mode 373 You can specify the Internet fax full mode function settings Factory settings Bit 7654 3210 Setting 0000 1000 HEX 08 Specifying settings The shaded cells represent the factory settings The page numbers on the right refer to the descriptions of the corresponding functions Bit Description Setting Description Page Refer ence 7 Specifies whe
260. splay the version information 3 Administrator mode logon button Click the button to log on to Administrator mode 4 Status display The statuses of this machine s printer section and scanner section are displayed using icons bizhub 362 282 222 9 9 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection Item Description Message display If an error occurred in the machine the status of the malfunction error and other error informa tion are displayed Tabs Select the category of the page to be displayed The following tabs are displayed in User mode e System e Job e Print e Scan Note f the optional fax kit has been in Stalled the Scan tab changes to the Fax Scan tab Device name The name of the device being accessed is dis played Log out button This button appears after you have logged on when user authentication or external server au thentication settings have been applied Click this button to log off Information and settings Details of the item selected from the menu are displayed Menu Information and settings for the selected tab are listed The menu that appears differs depending on the tab that is selected bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 Logging on to Administrator mode You can switch between User mode and Administrator mode However in order to specify system or network settings you m
261. ssssssensseensrnnnnnnnnnnnnnna 10 5 To register a transmission source NAMEC ceceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeee 10 5 Specifying transmission report settings TX Settings 10 7 Specifying the Quality Mode settings ceeseeeeseeeseeeeeneeteeee 10 8 Specifying Comm Menu SettingS cessceeesseeesereeeeneeeeneeees 10 10 Specifying the print timing for received documents RX Setting S ook oes secea etek nonen enneren rania tcedencensnncsseceestseessectamtenssetbaes 10 12 Memory LOCK Time a ea aa a ar naaa eae ahaaa LAES EEA KEE 10 12 To specify the Memory Lock Password sSetting 2 cceeee 10 14 TO print Manually e elisa ss coe debs aaa aa E a eee adhe giant 10 16 Specifying the transmission report printing conditions Report Settings oni 22 sscccceies cncccce dsc centieedcotaceebecesesnceceesseetectecten ceed 10 17 Specifying TX Report SettingS eeseeeseeeeeeneeessneeeeseeeeneeeees 10 18 Specifying the Activity Report settings seeeseeesseeeeeneeees 10 19 Forwarding a transmission document to a specified destination TX Forwarding iaasa enaena annaa ces secede catcectneccezseccdevcndevegdhesetenccistcn 10 20 Specifying the forwarding destination eeeeeseseeeeneeeeeeeees 10 20 Specifying the processing method for received documents Document Management ssesssunnssunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnn 10 22 Specifying the processing of documents received on a port
262. stalled Network File Name Enter when a set file name is to be specified as the file name when Net saving the file Up to 16 characters can be entered E Mail Noti Specify whether to have an e mail message sent to a specified one fication touch destination to notify you when the transmission is complete Changes to if the optional fax kit has been installed bizhub 362 282 222 6 13 6 Scan to SMB Specifying the transmission report printing conditions You can specify the conditions for printing a transmission report TX Report The printing conditions for a transmission report are preset with the Report Settings parameters from the Administrator Management screen Select the appropriate printing conditions Settings can be specified for the following Setting Description Default Displays the printing conditions specified in the Administrator Management screen ON Prints regardless of the results If TX Fails Prints when the transmission failed OFF Does not print regardless of the results To specify the transmission report printing conditions 1 Touch Menu SCANReady Fine If the optional fax kit has been _ oretouc mamn installed touch FAX Menu 2 Touch Setting 1 then TX Report SCANReady Fine If the optional fax kit has been installed touch Set 1 then TX Report TSI only fm SE 2in1 2 Sided TX memorv100 6 14 bizhu
263. t Check the one touch e mail address specified for the forwarding destination Other causes The user e mail address of the specified e mail delivery may have returned an er ror e mail message Check the contents of the email message Network Set tings does not ap pear on the Administrator Man agement screen Machine malfunction Contact your technical representative 12 10 bizhub 362 282 222 1 3 Appendix Appendix 1 3 a 13 Appendix 13 1 Product specifications Internet fax specifications Item Specifications Transmission protocol E mail send SMTP IETF RFC 2821 and RFC 2822 TCP IP E mail receive POP3 IETF RFC 1725 and RFC 1939 TCP IP Original document sizes transmitted Letter Ga J Legal 11 x 17 a A4 G Y B4 AS Resolution 200 x 100 dpi 200 x 200 dpi 400 x 400 dpi 600 x 600 dpi Data format E mail format MIME Attachment format TIFF F Encoding method MH MR MMR Compatible cable Ethernet LAN 100Base TX 10BASE T connection Scan to E Mail specifications Item Specifications Transmission protocol E mail send SMTP IETF RFC 2821 and RFC 2822 TCP IP Original document sizes transmitted Letter Ga Legal 11 x 17 a A4 G Y B4 AS Resolution 200 x 100 dpi 200 x 200 dpi 400 x 400 dpi 600 x 600 dpi Data format E mail format MIME Attachment format TIFF F
264. t attach the transmission source name Inside Body Text Select this setting to print the transmission source name on the original document Outside Body Text Select this setting to not print the transmission source name on the original document Rotation TX Specify whether to reset the rotation transmission after the operation is com plete 2 Sided TX Specify whether to reset the double sided transmission after the operation is complete Original Bind If 2 Sided TX was set to On select from Left Binding Top Binding or Direction Auto for the binding position of the document bizhub 362 282 222 9 49 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection Specifying the transmission settings 1 In the Administrator mode click the Scan tab If the optional fax kit has been installed click the Fax Scan tab For the procedure to log on to Administrator mode refer to Logging on to Administrator mode on page 9 11 Click TX Settings Specify settings for each parameter and then click Apply Fle Edt View Favorites Tools Help OGG Ready to Scan iy Ready ta Print EE Ee TX Settings Qually Mode Default Quality Fine Default Density Middle Com Mode TX PC E mail PAX Men Tx Memory X TSI Inside Body Text TI Selection T811 Rotation TX Onw 2Sided TX Of Ongnal Band Daeclun Apply Clear 9 50 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using Page
265. t be completed correctly a transmission report is printed Q Detail You can change the transmission report printing conditions For details refer to Specifying the transmission report printing conditions Report Settings on page 10 77 Viewing a transmission report 2 P1 The following document has not been transmitted Try to retransmit TUE APR 19 2006 11 32 1 L CHICAGO User Account SALES DOCUMENT 6614316 761 DESTINATION NEW YORK TIME STORED APR 19 11 30 ADDRESS 123451234 xyz com TX START APR 19 11 31 DURATION 28 sec MODE PC M PAGES 0 page RESULT EA0006 3 4 IMAGE 5 ee aa No Item Description 1 Report output date and time Shows the date and time that the report was print ed 2 Transmission source information Shows the registered transmission source name TSI 3 Transmission information Prints the document number the duration of the transmission and the transmission mode 4 30 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to E Mail No Item Description Transmission result Shows the transmission result Any of the following may appear OK The transmission was completed successfully INTERR The transmission was interrupted F MEM The memory capacity was exceeded NG The transmission failed PT DEL The transmission to some destinations failed Error code For details refer to Network error list on page 12 4
266. talled click the Fax Scan tab For the procedure to log on to Administrator mode refer to Logging on to Administrator mode on page 9 11 2 Click TSI Registration 3 Enter the transmission source name and then click Apply Upto 8 transmission source names can be registered Upto 40 characters can be entered Fie Udk view Farertes Toos Help EA Ready w Sean EB Ready to Print One Touch Key Registration 13 Registration ae TS gt TX Settings 7 gt RX Settings a2 Tok yof 1 2385789 Tokyo gt Sean Setting PTX Document gt RX Document gt Report Settings 4 Click OK 9 48 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection TX Settings Administrator mode Default transmission settings can be specified Settings can be specified for the following Item Description Quality Mode Default Quality Select the default quality setting that is specified after an operation is com plete Default Density Select the default density setting that is specified after an operation is com plete Com Mode Select the default communication mode that is specified after an operation is complete Select TX PC E mail or TX Internet FAX FAX Menu TSI Select how the transmission source name is attached and the type of trans mission source information from 1 through 8 Off Select this setting to no
267. ter Touch Enter until the initial screen appears 6 30 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to SMB 6 Copying a one touch dial button 1 Perform steps 1 through 4 of the procedure in To program a one touch dial button 2 Touch the one touch dial button to be copied 3 Touch One Touch then One One 014 Touch Copy One Touch Copy Me Free Y100 4 Touch the one touch dial button Select the One Touch key where the information is copied to ne Touch Cop C eJn us O eis Tokyo Osaka Nagoya Fukuok Select a one touch dial button that has not yet been programmed a To deselect the one touch dial ee ee a a button where the information is to Bh ai Cente me 2 be copied to touch the selected one touch dial button again Memory 100 5 Touch Enter until the initial screen appears bizhub 362 282 222 6 31 6 Scan to SMB 6 32 bizhub 362 282 222 7 Internet faxing Internet faxing 7 fi 7 7 1 Internet faxing Specifying a destination with a one touch dial button You can transmit data simply by touching a one touch dial button if the e mail address of a destination or a mail program has been registered with a one touch dial button in advance Q Detail For registering one touch dial buttons refer to Registering destinations on page 7 33 For registering mail programs refer to Registering mail programs on page 4
268. tered igs Note A shared folder created on the domain controller of Win dows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008 cannot be specified User Name Enter the user name Up to 32 characters can be entered Password Type in the login password for the computer where the data is to be sent Up to 14 characters can be entered Note The password appears as seee To correct the entered password clear eeee and then type in the correct pass word Retype Password Reenter the login password File Type Select the format Multi Page TIFF Single Page TIFF or PDF of the file that is to be sent Coding Method Select the coding method MH or MMR for the data to be sent The data amount with the MMR coding method is less than with the MH method 9 20 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 Naming an index 1 Click the Scan tab If the optional fax kit has been installed click the Fax Scan tab 2 Click One Touch Key Registration 3 From the Index list center table click the index that is to be named The one touch dial destinations that are saved in the selected index appear in the lower half of the page Fie Cok wew Favontes Took Hep GA Ready to Sean EGP Ready m Prim Admaniatrator Password A Index 1 3 JPN Delete Ues bizhub 362 282 222 9 21 Specifying settings using PageScop
269. the In ae ternet fax operation 1 Prohibited is prohibited 1 Specifies whether or 0 Permitted ss not the use of IP re E lay is prohibited 1 Prohibited 0 Specifies whether or 0 Permitted not the use of IP ad A dress fax operation 1 Prohibited is prohibited Note Bits 7 and 0 cannot be changed on the model for Europe 10 56 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying management settings 1 0 Specifying settings to limit the use of communication modes 3 Specifying restrictions for registering fax addresses and printing reports and specifying how one touch dial recipients are displayed mode 477 Specify whether to permit or prohibit the use of individual communication modes Prohibited communication modes do not appear in their selection screens Specify whether or not fax addresses can be registered and reports can be printed by users and specify whether or not one touch dial information is displayed in screens and reports en Note Programmed one touch dial buttons can be used for transmission even f a prohibited communication mode has been specified f all communication modes are prohibited modes 475 to 477 some screens such as those for specifying transmission settings may not normally be displayed Factory settings Bit 7654 3210 Setting 0000 0000 HEX 00 bizhub 362 282 222 10 57 10 Specifying management settings Specifying settings The shaded cells represent the factor
270. the Scan to E Mail operation fixed text is inserted even if No is selected Default Select this setting to insert the fixed text that has been saved in ad vance on this machine Custom Select this setting to insert text that can be set freely Gateway TX Select Restict for this machine 9 78 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 Specifying the POP3 settings 1 In the Administrator mode click the Network tab For the procedure to log on to Administrator mode refer to Logging on to Administrator mode on page 9 11 2 Click E Mail Internet FAX then POP3 3 Specify a setting for each parameter and then click Apply File Edt View Favores Took Help POPS Configuration POP Server Address IP Addrese Host Name POP3 UserName Retype POPS Password Auto RX Check Auto RX Check Interval Min 1 99 Port Number 110 65535 POP3 Timeout W ise APOP Disable When changing a setup of mark reboot of Device is needed 4 Click OK 5 Ifthe setting of a parameter marked with is changed turn this machine off then on again bizhub 362 282 222 9 79 9 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection amp Reminder When turning the machine off then on again with the main power switch wait about 10 seconds to turn the machine on after turning it off The machine may not operate correctly if it is turned on immedi
271. ther to enable 0 No page 2 7 the full mode function 1 Yes 6 5 4 9 aate er nen conn enn 0001000 Do not change these bits 2 1 0 when specifying settings for this function bizhub 362 282 222 10 47 10 Specifying management settings Specifying e mail security functions mode 380 You can specify security functions when receiving and sending e mail messages Factory settings Bit 7654 3210 Setting 0000 0000 HEX 00 Specifying settings The shaded cells represent the factory settings The page numbers on the right refer to the descriptions of the corresponding functions Bit Description Status Description Page Ref erence 7 Specifies whether to enable 0 No the e mail reception authen tication APOP authentica 1 Yes tion function 6 Specifies whether to enable 0 No page 3 19 the e mail transmission au page 3 25 thentication SMTP authenti 1 Yes cation function 1 5 Specifies whether to prohibit 0 Not prohibited the e mail transmission au RF thentication CRAM MD5 1 Prohibited authentication function 2 4 Specifies whether to prohibit 0 Not prohibited page 3 19 the e mail transmission au a page 3 25 thentication LOGIN authen 1 Prohibited tication function 2 3 Specifies whether to prohibit 0 Not prohibited the e mail transmission au thentication PLAIN auth
272. tination with a one touch dial button touch One Touch specify the destination and then One Touch J Search __ touch Enter To search for a one touch dial button touch Search specify the destination and then touch Enter You can select one address for the forwarding destination 6 Touch Enter until the initial screen appears bizhub 362 282 222 10 21 1 0 Specifying management settings 10 7 Specifying the processing method for received documents Document Management You can specify the method for processing documents received over a network Specifying the processing of documents received on a port On this machine you can specify the processing method such as printing and forwarding for documents received on a port Settings can be specified for the following Item Description Document management Select whether to process the documents from a selected line NO Does not process the received documents YES Specifies the save destination and forwarding destination of the received documents RX Doc Settings When YES is selected in the Document Management screen select the processing method for the received documents Print Prints the document Forward Forwards the data to the specified destination Print and Forward Prints the document and at the same time forwards the data to the specified destination Forwarding Dest Specify when Forward is selected in the
273. ting2 Network Stamp Enter e amp Lead amp Trail OFF Job List Free 100 bizhub 362 282 222 5 Scan to FTP Specifying the e mail notification destination When the transmission of the data is complete an message can be sent to the destination specified in the URL of the uploaded destination 1 Touch Menu If the optional fax kit has been SCANReady Fine installed touch FAX Menu 2 Touch Network then Email SCANReady Fine Neer omen soaren Ps Pasion menu Ifthe optional fax kit has been _ setting1 _ setting2 i installed touch Net then Email Notification SuRissh RSB e File Name _ voa 100 3 Select the destination address and then touch Enter from One Touch keys Touch OFF to cancel the setting Job List 5 20 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to FTP 5 Specifying a file name You can specify the file name of the image data to be sent Up to 16 characters can be entered When no file name is specified the file is automatically sent with a name in the following format lt machine_name gt lt scan_date_and_time gt lt extension gt 1 Touch Menu If the optional fax kit has been SCANReady Fine installed touch FAX Menu 2 Touch Network then File Name EQ If the optional fax kit has been installed touch Net then File Name SeWSSSn 4 AGG ss File Name 4 fication 4 Job L
274. tings _ SMTP Settings Scanner Settings LDAP Setting Frame Type Set IP Filtering 4 Pree 100 i To apply the settings specified on a screen that is displayed by touching a button marked with turn the Turn the power off and then on to use new setting machine off then on again When turning the machine off then on again with the main power switch wait about 10 seconds to turn the machine on after turning it off The machine may not operate correctly if it is turned on immediately after being turned off Memory 100 Touch Enter until the first screen appears bizhub 362 282 222 Setup 3 3 Basic Settings Settings Settings can be specified for the following Item Description DHCP Specify whether to acquire an IP address automatically from the DHCP server or use a fixed IP address IP Address Setting Set the machine s IP address Specify when DHCP is set to IP Input Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask of the network to be connected Specify when IP Input was selected in DHCP Gateway Enter the gateway address of the network to be connected Specify when DHCP is set to IP Input Self Domain Name Specify the domain name of this machine Network Board Set Specify the network board LAN board transmission speed bizhub 362 282 222 3 9 Setup DHCP 1 In the Network Setting screen touch Basic
275. tion Apply Cancel Clear x 6 click Apply bizhub 362 282 222 9 37 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection Changing the settings of the fax program 1 Click the Scan tab If the optional fax kit has been installed click the Fax Scan tab Click FAX Program Registration From the Index list click the index that contains the fax program that is to be changed The one touch dial destinations saved in the selected index appear in the lower half of the page Fle Ede wew Paventes Tock Heb A Realy te Scan EB Ready wo Print Administrator Password ES E spares P One Touch Key Registration age 1 3 gt FAX Program Registration PN Apply O a enor O 6a ano2 O Gay so C M ams OSAKA NAGOYA FUKUOKA FTPOL Osa 0 gg anor Gt FAX Doloto Click the fax program that is to be changed A one touch dial destination other than a fax program cannot be selected even if it is clicked Specify settings for the program parameters For details on the parameters refer to FAX Program Registration User mode on page 9 33 Click Apply 9 38 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9 Deleting a fax program 1 Click the Scan tab If the optional fax kit has been installed click the Fax Scan
276. tion is a computer e mail adaress The receiving machine prints these items when Yes is specified on the RX Doc Header Print screen Changes to if the optional fax kit has been installed bizhub 362 282 222 Internet faxing Specifying the transmission source setting Entered text such as the name fax number and address can be printed at the top of the output page FROM NEW YORK Image data has been attached to the e mail 1 Touch Menu If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX Menu 2 Touch Setting 1 then TSI SCANReady Fine If the optional fax kit has been OneTouch Search frist eosin installed touch Set 1 then TSI setting1 Setting 2 TSI only gion SDE A 2 Sided TX List Meee 7 100 3 Select the desired type of SCANReady Fine transmission source information search forest Ts Selection TSI only att TSI Pree 100 4 To print the transmission source information touch TSI Selection 7 18 bizhub 362 282 222 Internet faxing 5 Select the name of the transmission source and then touch Enter SCANReady Fine Search Piast kesas Touch OFF to cancel the setting Job List Fres 100 Specifying the transmission report printing conditions You can specify the conditions for printing a transmission report TX Report The printing conditions for a transmissi
277. tion to be entered POP3 User Name Specify the POP3 user name of this machine Contact the network administrator for the information to be entered POP3 Password Specify the POP3 password of this machine Contact the network administrator for the information to be entered Auto RX Check Specify the interval at which to connect to the POP3 server and check for e mail messages Internet faxing 1 99 minutes POP3 Server Address In the Network Setting screen touch POP3 Settings Touch POP3 Server Address Type in the POPS server address using the keypad When DNS Setting is set to YES you can enter the IP address and the host name POP3 Settings Coe POPs Username J PoP Passwoa J Check OFF _ Fros 2100 Enter POP3 Server Address Utility Counter POP3 Server Address al bate Pree 100 Port bizhub 362 282 222 3 25 3 Setup 4 To specify the host name touch Host Name type in the host name aa Ce and then touch Enter ems Z Caps Pres 7 100 5 To change the port touch Port The Port screen appears 6 Type in the port number using the Enter Port Number keypad and then touch Enter To return to the default setting touch Default peir Mee 100 7 Touch Enter 3 26 bizhub 362 282 222 Setup 3 POP3 User Name 1 In the Network Setting scre
278. to automatically switch to a low power mode after a period of inactivity An ENERGY STAR product uses energy more efficiently saves you money on utility bills and helps protect the environment bizhub 362 282 222 Introduction 1 1 2 Trademarks and registered trademarks KONICA MINOLTA KONICA MINOLTA Logo and The essentials of imaging are registered trademarks or trademarks of KONICA MINOLTA HOLDINGS INC PageScope and bizhub are registered trademarks or trademarks of KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES INC Netscape Communications the Netscape Communications logo Netscape Navigator Netscape Communicator and Netscape are trademarks of Netscape Communications Corporation Compact VJE Copyright 1986 2003 VACS Corp RC4 is a registered trademark or trademark of RSA Security Inc in the United States and or other countries RSA is a registered trademark or trademark of RSA Security Inc RSA BSAFE is a registered trademark or trademark of RSA Security Inc in the United States and or other countries License information This product includes RSA BSAFE Cryptographic software from RSA Security Inc RSA SECURED bizhub 362 282 222 1 5 Introduction OpenSSL Statement OpenSSL License Copyright 1998 2000 The OpenSSL Project All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the followi
279. ton Up to 300 destinations can be specified at a time Oca Job List Fros 100 5 Specify the Quality amp Reduction SCANReady Fine setting for the original document to em be sent ane Se ee search Peet Passe Menu Quality Density Reduction For details refer to Specifying Ag AE AS 200x200 400 the scanning quality and zoom ereraa F ratio on page 4 14 E 400x400 200x200 400x400 Text Photo GSR Super GSR Job List Fros Y 100 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to E Mail 4 6 Specify the necessary Menu SCANReady Fine P chain settings one touch Search J Passat fees Menu Ifthe optional fax kit has been Setting2 Network installed specify the FAX Menu settings For details refer to Specifying additional functions on page 4 18 Momory100 7 Press the Start key bizhub 362 282 222 4 5 4 Scan to E Mail Entering the number of a one touch dial button A one touch dial button is assigned a number as shown in the illustration You can quickly select a destination by specifying the number of a one touch dial button instead of touching the button SCANReady Fine ahan SCANReady Fine T chain One Touch Search J mest Menu One Touch Search EN ES a Monu a O ee co Pree 100 Job List Memory 100 Index 1 Index 36 1 Position the document to be scanned 2 Press the Fax Scan key Fax S
280. tos Super GSR 600 dpi Photo Detail f data is sent using the Text Photo setting moir patterns may appear in some photos To reduce the appearance of moir patterns send the data using the GSR or Super GSR setting When a high resolution is selected to send a clearer image the size of the attached image data may exceed the size limitations of the provider or server being used Before sending the data check the transmission capacity 4 14 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to E Mail To specify the scanning quality 1 Touch Quality amp Reduction SCANReady Fine One Touch Search apase eiza Menu s Omes Job List 2 Touch Quality and then touch the ENSE desired quality setting One Touch fisce Peuues Menu To select a higher resolution density Rese touch 600dpi n ie alee l E fa a 10x 200 400x400 Text Photo GSR Super GSR Job List Fros 2Y 100 bizhub 362 282 222 4 15 4 Scan to E Mail Density According to the type of document being sent select the appropriate density from the settings described below Item Description Light For documents with a dark background color such as newspa t pers and blueprints Std ie For normal documents Dark For documents with faint or colored text Detail If 600 dpi Text or 600 dpi Text amp Photo is selected the density can be set to one of three levels Light Std and Dark To
281. touch dial destination Up to 12 characters can be entered Destination Address Type in the e mail address of the recipient Up to 64 characters can be entered TX Size Max Select the maximum document size Letter Legal or 11 17 for the data to be sent TX Quality Max Select the maximum resolution 200 dpi 400 dpi or 600 dpi for the data to be sent Coding Method Select the coding method MH MR or MMR for the data to be sent The data amount for the coding methods increase as follows MMR MR MH bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection When TX PC SMB is selected Fie Udk view Favores Took Hep Admaniatrator Password Login E Ready to Sean GB Ready m Print a i nn TX PC SMB One Touch Name Destanation Address TP Address Host Name File Path User Name Password asas Retype Password s File Type Muti Page NFF Coding Method MH bizhub 362 282 222 9 19 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection Item Description One Touch Name Type in the name of the recipient that will appear as the name of the one touch dial destination Up to 12 characters can be entered Destination Address Type in the IP address or host name of the server where the data is to be uploaded File Path Type in the path to the destination folder Up to 128 characters can be en
282. transmission speed of 10 Mbps in full du plex mode when the transmission speed cannot be selected au tomatically 10M Half Manually specifies a transmission speed of 10 Mbps in half du plex mode when the transmission speed cannot be selected au tomatically To specify the network board settings 1 In the Network Setting screen touch Basic Settings 2 Touch Network Board Set Basic Settings DHCP J IP Input IP Addres Setting Gateway Self Domain Name Network Board Set Auto Fros 100 a p 3 Touch Network Board Set and then select the transmission speed Trope neg Auto is the usual setting 4 Touch Enter Utility Counter Network Board Set Enter 100M Full 100M Half 10M Full 10M Half Status 10M HalfDuplex Pree 100 bizhub 362 282 222 Setup 3 4 DNS Settings Settings can be specified for the following Item Description DNS Setting Specify YES or NO for the DNS Domain Name System When using a DNS server within a network specify YES When not using a DNS server within a network specify NO When using an external server such as an Internet provider specify NO if the IP address of the e mail server is public If the DNS name of the e mail server is public and the IP address is not public specify YES For details on the network environment contact the network administrator Host Name Specify the host
283. twork Settings screen is set to Yes a screen appears allowing you to select the search method Touch Search One Touch Keys when the screen appears Type in the destination name and Search One Touch Keys then touch Search C gt A screen appears containing the eEQw HRI DTIUOOP one touch dial buttons programmed ASIDES KL with a destination that begins with ZBWOMBNWM LIL the entered name sce LL Free Y 100 Touch the desired one touch dial SCANReady Fine button fOno Touch Seach Biest You can specify multiple destinations for simultaneous transmission with the same one touch dial button Up to 300 destinations can be specified at a time If LDAP searches are possible touch LDAP Search to perform a searches Job List Mee 100 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to E Mail 6 Specify the Quality amp Reduction settings for the original document to be sent For details refer to Specifying the scanning quality and zoom ratio on page 4 14 7 Specify the necessary Menu settings If the optional fax kit has been installed specify the FAX Menu settings For details refer to Specifying additional functions on page 4 18 8 Press the Start key SCANReady am aeann Menu anai ion Density Quality Reductions sn ol ke a 0x 400 200x200 Text Photo GSR Super GSR Job List Fros 100 Fine cheer Fine mAn baea
284. ub 362 282 222 Specifying management settings 10 Specifying Internet fax settings mode 350 You can specify the Internet fax capabilities of the destination machine and POPS settings Factory settings Bit 7654 3210 Setting 1010 1000 HEX A8 Specifying settings The shaded cells represent the factory settings The page numbers on the right refer to the descriptions of the corresponding functions Bit Description Setting Description Page Refer ence To ten enee mene enseneenennn ame 1 Do not change this bit when specifying settings for this function 6 Specifies whether to enable 0 Arrival not confirmed a confirmation POP3 be 3 fore arriving to SMTP 1 Arrival confirmed 5 4 3 2 72ain 101000 Do not change these bits 1 0 when specifying settings for this function bizhub 362 282 222 10 37 10 Specifying management settings Specifying whether to add the transmission source information when faxing or when forwarding received documents mode 352 You can specify how the transmission source information is added when faxing directly and when forwarding received documents Factory settings Bit 7654 3210 Setting 1101 0000 HEX DO Specifying settings The shaded cells represent the factory settings The page numbers on the right refer to the descriptions of the corresponding functions
285. ub 362 282 222 10 53 1 0 Specifying management settings Specifying settings The shaded cells represent the factory settings The page numbers on the right refer to the descriptions of the corresponding functions Bit Description Setting Description Page Refer ence 7 Specifies whether or 0 Permitted not the use of TCP IP is prohibit 1 Prohibited ed 6 Specifies whether or 0 Permitted _ not the use of LPD is E prohibited 1 Prohibited 5 Specifies whether or 0 Permitted _ not the use of a a RAW port is prohib 1 Prohibited ited 4 Specifies whether or 0 Permitted _ not the use of SLP is my prohibited 1 Prohibited 3 Specifies whether or 0 Permitted _ not the use of a rr Scan to FTP is pro 1 Prohibited hibited 2 Specifies whether or 0 Permitted not the use of an Pn FTP serveris pro 1 Prohibited hibited 1 Specifies whether or 0 Permitted not the use of SNMP a is prohibited 1 Prohibited 0O aaa a 0 Do not change this bit when specifying settings for this function 10 54 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying management settings 1 0 Specifying settings to limit the use of communication modes 2 mode 476 Specify whether to permit or prohibit the use of individual communication modes Prohibited communication
286. uch One Touch Utility Counter ic Enter One Touch Index aj Mail Program 5 Touch the one touch dial button to be programmed Touch Enter One Touch Touch an index tab or Index List then the desired one touch dial button Ifthe machine is set to allow LDAP searches a screen appears allowing you to permit or prohibit the address registered with the one touch dial button to be found with an LDAP search If LDAP searches are not to be allowed select No 6 Type in the destination name that will gne reucr appear on the one touch dial button and then touch Next BUwWERWWYWOe Pree 100 7 Select the communication mode Touch PC E Mail then Next Com mode Cancel _ Back Next If mode 476 of the software switch settings was changed only communication modes that can be selected appear For details refer to Specifying CHE software switch settings SMB FTP machine functions on Free 100 page 10 28 4 34 bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to E Mail 4 8 Enter the destination e mail address e man If parts of frequently used addresses are registered they can be quickly entered by touching Domain For details refer to Entering a domain name on page 3 52 To change an entered address touch or to move the cursor or press the C clear key to enter a address
287. uch dial button if the secondary destination of the upload destination or a mail program has been registered with a one touch dial button in advance Q Detail For registering one touch dial buttons refer to Registering destinations on page 5 24 For registering mail programs refer to Registering mail programs on page 4 41 Selecting a one touch dial button A one touch dial button can be selected in any of the following ways Use the appropriate method according to the number of recipients and the desired use e Directly touching the one touch dial button e Entering the number of the one touch dial button Specifying a destination by touching a one touch dial button 1 Position the document to be scanned Ro 2 Press the Fax Scan button After pressing Fax Scan you Fax Scan can specify Priority Screen settings in the User s Choice BIA screen that appears For details O refer to the User manual Copy Operations 3 Touch One Touch bizhub 362 282 222 5 3 5 Scan to FTP 4 Select the index containing the SCANReady Fine desired destination and then touch the one touch dial button To select an index touch the corresponding tab or touch to select a different one To change the index name refer Center Center to To name an index on Fc E page 4 39 Job List Free 100 You can specify multiple destinations for one transmission with the same
288. ultaneously be forwarded to the addresses specified by the administrator Specifies the forwarding addresses RX Document Port Specifies the processing and forwarding of documents received over a network All Other Documents Specifies the processing and forwarding of documents received in other ways than over a network bizhub 362 282 222 10 3 10 Specifying management settings Administrator Management 2 Item Description Network Settings Specifies the required settings for using this machine over a net work For details refer to Chapter 2 Setup on page 3 3 Software SW Specifies function status settings Ping Checks whether this machine is connected to a network For details refer to Chapter 2 Setup on page 3 3 SSL TLS When SSL TLS is enabled the communication between the ma chine and the client computer can be encrypted Specifies the creation deletion or encryption of certificates amp Reminder If the Utility Counter key was pressed to register items and specify settings be sure to press the Reset key in the control panel after returning to the initial screen 10 4 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying management settings 10 10 2 Registering transmission source names When sending Internet faxes the text of the transmission source entered can be printed You can register the transmission source name The transmissi
289. ument Forward Select this setting to forward the data to the specified destination Print Select this setting to print the document Print amp Forward Select this setting to print the document and forward the data to the specified destination Forwarding Specify a forwarding destination when RX Doc Settings is set to Forward Destination Click Select Forwarding Destination select the forwarding destination ad dress and then click Apply If All Other Documents is clicked settings can be specified for the following Item Description RX Doc Set Select how the received document is processed tings Memory Rx Select this setting to save the document in the memory Forward Select this setting to forward the data to the specified destination Print Select this setting to print the document Print amp Forward Select this setting to print the document and forward the data to the specified destination Forwarding Specify a forwarding destination when RX Doc Settings is set to Forward Destination Click Select Forwarding Destination select the forwarding destination ad dress and then click Apply Note f bit 7 of mode 306 is set to 1 in the Soft SW Setting screen only Port is available For details refer to Specifying software switch settings machine functions on page 10 28 9 58 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection 9
290. used in a product Eric Young should be given attribution as the author of the parts of the library used This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or in documentation online or textual provided with the package Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgement This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young eay crypt soft com The word cryptographic can be left out if the rouines from the library being used are not cryptographic related 4 If you include any Windows specific code or a derivative thereof from the apps directory application code you must include an acknowledgement This product includes software written by Tin Hudson tjnh cryptsoft com THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DIS
291. ust be logged on to Administrator mode VY When logged on to Administrator mode the machine s control panel is locked and cannot be used VY Depending on the status of the machine you may not be able to log on to Administrator mode VY When logged on to Administrator mode if no operation is performed for 10 minutes a timeout occurs and you will automatically be logged off from Administrator mode 1 Type in the administrator password and then click Log in Fie Edt View Fawvortes Took Hep GP Realy to Sean Ready to Print Adeurestzater Password C oes tscmasen gt Detail gt Counter gt Online Assistance Device Memory 192 OMB HDD Not Installed Network Ethernet 10BeseT 100ReseTX Duplez Installed Input Tray Tray 1 2 LCT Bypass Funssher Frasher Document Hendler Duptenng Documens Feeder Fa Not Portes Installed PCLIPS Option Scanner Not Installed bizhub 362 282 222 9 11 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection The Administrator mode page appears Fie Cok wew fFavortes Took Hep GA Realy to Scan re Ready m Print User s Chace 1 P User s Choice 1 gt User s Chelce2 Muerd Orginal Detection gt User s Choice 3 gt User s Choice 4 gt User s Choice 5 gt User s Choice 6 gt Administrator Management gt Online Assistance To return to User mode click Log out 9 12 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying setting
292. ver occurs while the data is being re ceived From a computer receive the data as proxy and delete the corresponding e mail from the server Ask the sender to decrease the size of the e mail and to send it again The reception can cellation has been specified but it is not canceled Time may be required to can cel an Internet fax reception Wait until the job is canceled The POPS recep tion malfunction icon does not dis Since the time of the Auto RX has not elapsed since the pre vious time a POPS reception Once the POPS reception malfunction icon is displayed it does not disappear until reception is successful Specify the appear failed POP3 reception is not setting to shorten time of the Auto RXx performed and check that POPS reception is possi ble bizhub 362 282 222 12 9 Scan function troubleshooting Other Symptom Cause Action An attempt to de liver an e mail mes sage has been made but trans mission fails The e mail address of the specified user to which the email message is to be deliv ered is not registered When sending an e mail message the e mail address must be specified Register the email address of the specified user to which the e mail message is to be deliv ered The e mail mes sage is delivered from this machine but it is not deliv ered to the for warding destination The forwarding destination address is incorrec
293. was exported Mode 3 In addition to the conditions described for Mode 1 the password is encrypt ed The password cannot be edited Mode 4 In addition to the conditions described for Mode 2 the password is encrypt ed The password cannot be edited Detail The exported data is written in the UTF 8 character code Edit the data with the UTF 8 character code XQ Note Do not edit data exported with Mode 3 or Mode 4 selected otherwise the data may not be imported correctly 9 42 bizhub 362 282 222 Specifying settings using PageScope Web Connection Exporting data as files 1 In the Administrator mode click the Scan tab If the optional fax kit has been installed click the Fax Scan tab For the procedure to log on to Administrator mode refer to Logging on to Administrator mode on page 9 11 Click One Touch Key Registration then Export Select the export format and then click Execute Fle Edt vew Fawortes Tools Help EA Ready to Sean i Ready ta Print a bport The One Touch Key Regstration Information on device ia written in n file File Format Modat Execute Click Save File Download gt Some files can harm your computer If the file information below z looks suspicious or you do not fully trust the source do not open or save this file File name OneTouchTextData txt File type Text Document From 192 168 1 30 Wou
294. wing may appear Internet fax Email IP RX IP address faxing Note IP RX appears if the optional scanner unit is installed 4 Reception functions Shows the symbol of the transmission function used I Individual login F Forwarding Blank Other transmission 5 Pages Shows the number of pages printed 6 Result Shows the transmission result Any of the following may appear OK The transmission was completed successfully INTERR The transmission was interrupted F MEM The memory capacity was exceeded NG The transmission failed IMG NG The transmission resolution was incorrect so the transmission was ended B PRT The job is being printed Error code For details refer to Network error list on page 12 4 7 User Account Shows the user name or account name that was au thenticated bizhub 362 282 222 Reports and lists 11 11 3 Checking the destinations registered in one touch dial buttons One Touch List You can print a list of the destinations registered with one touch dial buttons Printing the One Touch List 1 Press the Utility Counter key Utility Counter 2 Touch Reports 3 Touch One Touch List The one touch list is printed Utility Counter Print List TX Report RX Report One Touch List Mail Program List bizhub 362 282 222 11 9 11 Reports and lists Contents of the list ONE TOUCH LIST P 1 TUE OCT302005
295. x kit has been installed touch Set 2 then Priority TX Touch the button again to cancel the setting The button is highlighted Specifying timer transmission 1 Touch Menu SCANReady Fine setting1 Setting 2 A in sg Stamp i menory 100 If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX Menu Touch Setting 2 then Timer TX Setting If the optional fax kit has been installed touch Set 2 then Timer TX Setting Enter the time for transmission Touch Hour and Minute and then type in the desired value using the keypad Touch Enter SCANReady Fine fono Touch Search forses fesses setting 1 Setting 2 A Je Priority TX Seting Stamp 4 MITOY 100 SCANReady Fine setting 1 setting 2 Timer TX Setting 0FF__ Enter_ 15 55 16 24 Current Time eper 100 Touch OFF to cancel the settings bizhub 362 282 222 Scan to FTP Specifying the stamp setting 1 Touch Menu If the optional fax kit has been installed touch FAX Menu 2 Touch Setting 2 then Stamp If the optional fax kit has been installed touch Set 2 then Stamp 3 Select the print position of the stamp and then touch Enter SCANReady Fine Seno Jseuing2 newor ll a T J Priority TX Seting Stamp _ a Job List Mees 100 SCANReady Fine e Touehf Search Pse Menu setting set
296. y settings The page numbers on the right refer to the descriptions of the corresponding functions Bit Description Setting Description Page Refer ence 7 Specifies whether or 0 Permitted not the use of the computer scanner 1 Prohibited is prohibited 6 Specifies whether 0 Settings can also be page 10 17 settings for register specified by users ing mail addresses or printing reports 1 Settings can only be can be specified by specified in Administrator only the administra mode tor or also by the us er 5 Specifies whether or 0 Displayed s s not only recipient names are displayed 1 Not displayed and the fax number or address is not displayed in reports and Job List screens and when a one touch dial button is touched 1 2 4 rte enn nnnnennannnnannn 0 Do not change this bit when specifying settings for this function 3 Specifies whether or 0 Permitted not the use of TCP Ta Socket is prohibited 1 Prohibited 2 1 0 gt And 000 Do not change these bits when specifying settings for this function 1 If bit 6 is set to 1 the settings will not be applied if bit 5 is set to 1 not displayed If you do not wish to display the fax number or address of the recipient bit 6 must also be set to 1 Settings can only be specified in Administrator mode 2 If the recipient is directly specifi
297. zhub 362 282 222 7 9 7 Internet faxing 7 2 Entering an address You can directly enter destinations that have not been registered in a one touch dial button In addition multiple destinations can be specified using chain dialing to combine destinations registered in a one touch dial button and destinations that are entered To enter an address 1 Position the document to be scanned 2 Press the Fax Scan key Fax Scan 0 A 3 Touch Direct Input 4 To select the communication mode SCANReady Fine Touch Change Comm Mode earch f Direct Add Delete Domain EQWERTWWYWOR AISI ISH LJ kJ L DUOEN PC Email TIFF MH Eom Mode Alpha_ Caps Scan Mode Mensa 100 5 Touch InternetFAX Internet FAX SCANReady Fine then Enter one touch Search ziana Menu Com Mode InternetFAX Job list TTA 7 10 bizhub 362 282 222 Internet faxing 6 10 Type in the destination address SCANReady Fine No of Dest 0 test test local _ To change an entered address One Touch Search f pires Menu press the C clear key and then enter a new address PQVw iVIMMIU lr If parts of frequently used a s D F G H J K L addresses are registered they Z x c VJ B NJ MJ can be quickly entered by FAST touching Domain For details CEt Alpha J caps Risa refer to Registering a domain name on page 3 52

User`s Guide Network Scanner Operations

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents